Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15391 60707))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
31
32 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
33 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
34
35 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
40
41 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
42 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
43 Mutate the result." t nil)
44
45 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47
48 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
49 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
50 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
51 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
52
53 ;;;***
54 \f
55 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;;;;; (15542 65298))
57 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58
59 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
60 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
61 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 extensions.
63 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
64 name" nil nil)
65
66 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
67 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 This version was built on $Date: 2002/04/09 18:50:17 $.
69
70 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
71 \\{ada-mode-map}
72
73 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
74 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
75
76 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
77 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
78
79 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
80 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
81
82 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
83
84 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
85 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
86
87 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
88 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
89
90 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
91 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
92 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
93 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
94 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
95
96 If you use imenu.el:
97 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
98
99 If you use find-file.el:
100 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
101 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
102 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
103 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
104 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
105
106 If you use ada-xref.el:
107 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
108 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
109 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
110
111 ;;;***
112 \f
113 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
114 ;;;;;; (15542 65298))
115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
116
117 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
118 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
119
120 ;;;***
121 \f
122 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
123 ;;;;;; (15542 65298))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
125
126 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
127 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
128 Completion is available." t nil)
129
130 ;;;***
131 \f
132 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
133 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
134 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
135 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15371 46415))
136 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
137
138 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
139 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
140 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141
142 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
143 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
145
146 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
147 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
148
149 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
151
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
156
157 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
160
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
164
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
166 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
168 name and site.
169
170 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
171 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
172
173 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
174
175 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
176 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
177 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
178
179 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
180 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
181 the same person.
182
183 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
184 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
185 notices.
186
187 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
188 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
189
190 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
191 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
192 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
193 the change log file in another window." t nil)
194 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
195
196 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
197 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
198 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
199 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
200 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
201 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
202
203 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
204 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
205
206 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
207 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
208
209 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
210 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
211
212 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
225
226 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
227 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
228 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
229 the appropriate motion commands).
230
231 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
232 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
233
234 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
235 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
236
237 ;;;***
238 \f
239 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
240 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15391
241 ;;;;;; 60524))
242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
243
244 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
245 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
246 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
247 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
248 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
249 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
250 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
251 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
252 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
253 interpreted as `error'.")
254
255 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
256 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
257 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
258 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
259 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
260 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
261 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
262 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
263
264 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
265 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
266 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
267 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
268 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
269 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
270 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
271 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
272 will be overwritten with the new one.
273 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
274 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
275 will clear the cache." nil nil)
276
277 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
278 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
279 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
280
281 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
282 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
283 BODY... )
284
285 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
286 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
287 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
288 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
289 see also `ad-add-advice'.
290 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
291 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
292 before/around/after-advices will be used.
293 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
294 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
295 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
296 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
297 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
298 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
299
300 Semantics of the various flags:
301 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
302 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
303 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
304
305 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
306 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
307
308 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
309 advised function should be compiled.
310
311 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
312 during activation until somebody enables it.
313
314 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
315 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
316 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
317 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
318
319 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
320 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
321 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
322 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
323 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
324 during preloading.
325
326 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
327
328 ;;;***
329 \f
330 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
331 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
332 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15464 26322))
333 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
334
335 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
336 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
337 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
338 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
339 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
340 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
341 rule's `separate' attribute).
342
343 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
344 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
345 `separate' attribute set.
346
347 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
348 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
349 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
350 on the format of these lists." t nil)
351
352 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
353 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
354 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
355 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
356 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
357 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
358 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
359 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
360 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
361 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
362 options.
363
364 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
365 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
366
367 Fred (123) 456-7890
368 Alice (123) 456-7890
369 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
370 Joe (123) 456-7890
371
372 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
373 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
374 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
375
376 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
377 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
378 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
379 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
380 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
381 align that section." t nil)
382
383 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
384 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
385 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
386 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
387 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
388 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
389 been used to align that section." t nil)
390
391 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
392 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
393 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
394 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
395 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
396 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
397 to be colored." t nil)
398
399 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
400 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
401
402 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
403 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
404
405 ;;;***
406 \f
407 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
408 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15464 26331))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
410 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
411
412 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
413 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
414 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
415 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
416 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
417 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
418
419 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
420
421 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
422
423 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
424
425 ;;;***
426 \f
427 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
428 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15371 46425))
429 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
430
431 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
432 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
433 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
434 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
435 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
436 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
437 in the current window." nil nil)
438
439 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
440 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
441 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil)
442
443 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
444 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil)
445
446 ;;;***
447 \f
448 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
449 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15391 60505))
450 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
451
452 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
453 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
454
455 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
456 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
457
458 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
459 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
460 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
461 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
462
463 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
464 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
465
466 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
467
468 ;;;***
469 \f
470 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
471 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15417 7450))
472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
473
474 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
475 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
476 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
477 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
478 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
479 \\[yank].
480
481 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
482 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
483 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
484 the rules.
485
486 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
487 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
488 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
489 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
490
491 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
492 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
493 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
494
495 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
496 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
497 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
498
499 ;;;***
500 \f
501 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
502 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
503 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
504 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15391 60522))
505 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
506
507 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
508 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
509 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
510 as the first thing on a line.")
511
512 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
513 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
514
515 (defvar appt-audible t "\
516 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
517
518 (defvar appt-visible t "\
519 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
520
521 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
522 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
523
524 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
525 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
526
527 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
528 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
529
530 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
531 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
532 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
533
534 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
535 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
536 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
537
538 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
539 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
540
541 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
542 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
543 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
544 put in the appointments list.
545 02/23/89
546 12:00pm lunch
547 Wednesday
548 10:00am group meeting
549 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
550 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
551 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
552
553 ;;;***
554 \f
555 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
556 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15425
557 ;;;;;; 28360))
558 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
559
560 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
561 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
562
563 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
564
565 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
566 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
567 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
568 normal variables." t nil)
569
570 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
571
572 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
573 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
574 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
575 noninteractive functions.
576
577 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
578 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
579
580 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
581 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
582 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
583 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
584 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
585
586 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
587 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
588 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
589 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
590 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
591
592 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
593 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
594 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
595 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
596 bindings.
597 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
598
599 ;;;***
600 \f
601 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15505
602 ;;;;;; 59084))
603 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
604
605 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
606 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
607 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
608 Letters no longer insert themselves.
609 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
610 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
611
612 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
613 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
614 archive.
615
616 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
617
618 ;;;***
619 \f
620 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15427 61500))
621 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
622
623 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
624 Major mode for editing arrays.
625
626 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
627 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
628 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
629
630 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
631
632 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
633 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
634 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
635
636 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
637 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
638 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
639 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
640 The variables are:
641
642 Variables you assign:
643 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
644 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
645 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
646 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
647 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
648 row numbers in the buffer.
649
650 Variables which are calculated:
651 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
652 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
653
654 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
655 take a numeric prefix argument):
656
657 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
658 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
659 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
660 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
661
662 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
663 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
664 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
665 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
666
667 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
668 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
669 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
670 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
671
672 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
673 between that of point and mark.
674
675 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
676 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
677
678 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
679 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
680 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
681 newlines inside rows)
682
683 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
684
685 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
686
687 ;;;***
688 \f
689 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15505
690 ;;;;;; 59092))
691 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
692
693 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
694 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
695 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
696 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
697
698 How to quit artist mode
699
700 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
701
702
703 How to submit a bug report
704
705 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
706
707
708 Drawing with the mouse:
709
710 mouse-2
711 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
712 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
713 below).
714
715 mouse-1
716 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
717 or pastes:
718
719 Operation Not shifted Shifted
720 --------------------------------------------------------------
721 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
722 to new point
723 --------------------------------------------------------------
724 Line Line in any direction Straight line
725 --------------------------------------------------------------
726 Rectangle Rectangle Square
727 --------------------------------------------------------------
728 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
729 --------------------------------------------------------------
730 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
731 --------------------------------------------------------------
732 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
733 --------------------------------------------------------------
734 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
735 --------------------------------------------------------------
736 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
737 --------------------------------------------------------------
738 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
739 lines
740 --------------------------------------------------------------
741 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
742 --------------------------------------------------------------
743 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
744 --------------------------------------------------------------
745 Paste Paste Paste
746 --------------------------------------------------------------
747 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
748 --------------------------------------------------------------
749
750 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
751 or diagonally.
752
753 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
754 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
755 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
756 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
757 poly-lines.
758
759 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
760 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
761 overwrite means the opposite.
762
763 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
764 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
765 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
766
767 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
768
769 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
770 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
771
772 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
773 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
774 are currently drawing something.
775
776 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
777 some time to fill.
778
779
780 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
781 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
782
783
784 Settings
785
786 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
787
788 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
789
790 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
791
792 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
793
794 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
795 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
796
797 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
798
799
800 Drawing with keys
801
802 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
803 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
804 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
805 When erase characters: toggles erasing
806 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
807 When pasting: Pastes
808
809 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
810
811 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
812
813 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
814 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
815 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
816 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
817 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
818 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
819
820
821 Arrows
822
823 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
824 of the line/poly-line
825
826 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
827 of the line/poly-line
828
829
830 Selecting operation
831
832 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
833
834 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
835 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
836 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
837 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
838 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
839 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
840 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
841 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
842 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
843 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
844 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
845 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
846 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
847 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
848 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
849 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
850 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
851 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
852 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
853 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
854
855
856 Variables
857
858 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
859 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
860
861 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
862 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
863 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
864 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
865 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
866 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
867 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
868 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
869 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
870 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
871 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
872 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
873 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
874 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
875 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
876 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
877 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
878 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
879 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
880
881 Hooks
882
883 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
884 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
885
886
887 Keymap summary
888
889 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
890
891 ;;;***
892 \f
893 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (15371
894 ;;;;;; 46426))
895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
896
897 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
898 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
899 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
900
901 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
902 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
903 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
904 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
905
906 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
907 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
908
909 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
910 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
911
912 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
913
914 Special commands:
915 \\{asm-mode-map}
916 " t nil)
917
918 ;;;***
919 \f
920 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
921 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
922 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
923
924 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
925 Obsolete.")
926
927 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
928 This command is obsolete." t nil)
929
930 ;;;***
931 \f
932 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
933 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
934 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
935
936 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
937 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
938 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
940 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
941
942 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
943
944 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
945
946 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
947 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
948 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
949 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
950 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
951 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
952 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
953 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
954 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
955 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
956
957 For example:
958 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
959 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
960 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
961 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
962 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
963
964 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
965
966 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
967 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
968 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
969 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
970 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
971
972 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
973
974 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
975
976 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
977 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
978 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
979 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
980 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
981 &c to supply digit arguments.
982
983 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
984
985 ;;;***
986 \f
987 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
988 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
989 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
990
991 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
992 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
993
994 ;;;***
995 \f
996 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
997 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15400 1471))
998 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
999
1000 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1001 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1002 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
1003
1004 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1005 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1006 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1007 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
1008
1009 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1010 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1011 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1012 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1013 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1014
1015 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1016
1017 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
1018
1019 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1020 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1021 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1022 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1023
1024 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1025 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
1026
1027 ;;;***
1028 \f
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1030 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1031 ;;;;;; (15441 20092))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1033
1034 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1035 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1036 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1037 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil)
1038
1039 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1040 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1041 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1042
1043 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1044 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1045 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1046
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1050 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15542 65289))
1051 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1052
1053 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1054 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1055 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1056
1057 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1058 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1059
1060 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1061 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1062 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1063
1064 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1065 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1066
1067 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1068 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1069
1070 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1071 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1072 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1073 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1074 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1075
1076 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1077
1078 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1079
1080 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1081 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1082
1083 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1084 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1085 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1086
1087 ;;;***
1088 \f
1089 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1090 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15371 46415))
1091 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1092
1093 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1094 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1095 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1096 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1097 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1098
1099 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1100
1101 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1102
1103 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1104 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1105 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1106 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1107
1108 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1109 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1110 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1111
1112 Effects of the different modes:
1113 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1114 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1115 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1116 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1117 a random distance & direction.
1118 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1119 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1120 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1121
1122 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1123
1124 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1125 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1126 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1127
1128 ;;;***
1129 \f
1130 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15371
1131 ;;;;;; 46426))
1132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1133
1134 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1135 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1136 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1137 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1138 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1139
1140 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1141
1142 ;;;***
1143 \f
1144 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1145 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
1146 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1147
1148 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1149 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1150
1151 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1152 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1153
1154 For example:
1155
1156 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1157 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1158 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1159 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1160
1161 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1162
1163 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1164
1165 ;;;***
1166 \f
1167 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1168 ;;;;;; (15391 60505))
1169 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1170
1171 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1172 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1173 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1174 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1175
1176 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1177 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1178 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1179 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1180 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1181 seconds." t nil)
1182
1183 ;;;***
1184 \f
1185 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15507
1186 ;;;;;; 55753))
1187 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1188
1189 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1190 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1191
1192 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1193 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1194 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1195 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1196 message.
1197
1198
1199 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1200
1201 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1202 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1203 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1204 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1205 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1206
1207 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1208 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1209 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1210 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1211 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1212 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1213
1214 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1215 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1216 BibTeX mode.
1217
1218
1219 Special information:
1220
1221 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1222
1223 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1224 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1225 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1226 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1227 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1228 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1229 current field.
1230 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1231 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1232
1233 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1234 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1235 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1236 bibtex-entry-format.
1237 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1238 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1239 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1240
1241 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1242 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1243
1244 The following may be of interest as well:
1245
1246 Functions:
1247 bibtex-entry
1248 bibtex-kill-entry
1249 bibtex-yank-pop
1250 bibtex-pop-previous
1251 bibtex-pop-next
1252 bibtex-complete-string
1253 bibtex-complete-key
1254 bibtex-print-help-message
1255 bibtex-generate-autokey
1256 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1257 bibtex-end-of-entry
1258 bibtex-reposition-window
1259 bibtex-mark-entry
1260 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1261 bibtex-ispell-entry
1262 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1263 bibtex-sort-buffer
1264 bibtex-validate
1265 bibtex-count
1266 bibtex-fill-entry
1267 bibtex-reformat
1268 bibtex-convert-alien
1269
1270 Variables:
1271 bibtex-field-delimiters
1272 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1273 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1274 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1275 bibtex-entry-format
1276 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1277 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1278 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1279 bibtex-predefined-strings
1280 bibtex-string-files
1281
1282 ---------------------------------------------------------
1283 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1284 non-nil.
1285
1286 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1287
1288 ;;;***
1289 \f
1290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15464 26329))
1291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1292
1293 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1294
1295 ;;;***
1296 \f
1297 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15400
1298 ;;;;;; 1479))
1299 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1300
1301 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1302 Play blackbox.
1303 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1304
1305 What is blackbox?
1306
1307 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1308 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1309 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1310 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1311 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1312 your score.
1313
1314 Overview of play:
1315
1316 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1317 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1318 four.
1319
1320 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1321 movement keys.
1322
1323 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1324 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1325
1326 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1327 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1328
1329 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1330 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1331 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1332 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1333 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1334 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1335
1336 Details:
1337
1338 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1339
1340 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1341 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1342 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1343 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1344
1345 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1346 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1347 denoted by the letter `R'.
1348
1349 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1350 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1351 denoted by the letter `H'.
1352
1353 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1354 example.
1355
1356 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1357 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1358 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1359 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1360 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1361 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1362 ray.
1363
1364 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1365 degree deflection it causes.
1366
1367 1
1368 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1369 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1370 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1371 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1372 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1373 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1374 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1375 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1376 2 3
1377
1378 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1379 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1380
1381
1382 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1383 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1384 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1385 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1386 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1387 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1388 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1389 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1390
1391 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1392 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1393 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1394 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1395 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1396 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1397 emerging from the box.
1398
1399 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1400
1401 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1402 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1403 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1404 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1405 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1406 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1407 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1408 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1409
1410 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1411 a reflection." t nil)
1412
1413 ;;;***
1414 \f
1415 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1416 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1417 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1418 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1419 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1420 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15400 1471))
1421 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1422 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1423 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1424 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1425
1426 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1427 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1428 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1429 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1430 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1431 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1432
1433 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1434
1435 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1436
1437 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1438
1439 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1440
1441 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1442
1443 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1444
1445 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1446
1447 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1448
1449 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1450
1451 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1452
1453 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1454
1455 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1456
1457 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1458
1459 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1460 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1461 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1462 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1463 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1464 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1465 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1466 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1467 recent one.
1468
1469 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1470 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1471 yank successive words.
1472
1473 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1474 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1475 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1476 name of the file being visited.
1477
1478 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1479 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1480 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1481
1482 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1483 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1484 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1485 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1486 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1487 this.
1488
1489 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1490 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1491 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1492 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1493
1494 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1495 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1496 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1497 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1498 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1499
1500 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1501 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1502 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1503 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1504
1505 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1506
1507 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1508 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1509 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1510 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1511
1512 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1513 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1514 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1515
1516 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1517 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1518 name." t nil)
1519
1520 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1521 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1522 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1523 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1524 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1525 this." t nil)
1526
1527 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1528 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1529 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1530 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1531 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1532 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1533 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1534 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1535
1536 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1537 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1538 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1539
1540 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1541 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1542 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1543 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1544 \(second argument).
1545
1546 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1547 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1548 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1549 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1550 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1551
1552 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1553 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1554 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1555 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1556
1557 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1558 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1559 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1560 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1561 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1562 while loading.
1563
1564 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1565 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1566 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1567 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1568 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1569 explicitly.
1570
1571 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1572 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1573 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1574 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1575
1576 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1577 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1578 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1579 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1580 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1581
1582 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1583
1584 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1585
1586 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1587 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1588 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1589 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1590 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1591 this.
1592
1593 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1594 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1595 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1596
1597 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1598 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1599 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1600 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1601 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1602 this.
1603
1604 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1605 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1606 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1607
1608 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1609 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1610 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1611
1612 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1613 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1614 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1615
1616 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1617 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1618 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1619 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1620 prompts for NEWNAME.
1621 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1622 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1623 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1624
1625 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1626 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1627 name.
1628
1629 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1630 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1631 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1632
1633 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1634 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1635 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1636 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1637 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1638 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1639
1640 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1641 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1642 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1643
1644 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1645
1646 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1647
1648 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1649
1650 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1651
1652 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1653
1654 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1655
1656 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1657
1658 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1659
1660 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1661
1662 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1663
1664 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1665
1666 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1667
1668 ;;;***
1669 \f
1670 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1671 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1672 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1673 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1674 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1675 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1676 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1677 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1678 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1679 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1680 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15517 64423))
1681 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1682
1683 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1684 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1685 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1686 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1687
1688 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1689 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1690 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1691 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1692 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1693
1694 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1695 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1696
1697 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1698 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1699
1700 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1701 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1702 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1703 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1704 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1705
1706 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1707 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1708 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1709
1710 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1711 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1712
1713 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1714 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1715 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1716 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1717 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1718 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1719
1720 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1721 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1722 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1723 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1724 narrowed." t nil)
1725
1726 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1727 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1728
1729 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1730 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1731
1732 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1733 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1734 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1735 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1736
1737 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1738 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1739 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1740 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1741
1742 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1743 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1744 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1745 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1746 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1747 to use." t nil)
1748
1749 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1750 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1751 Default to the URL around or before point.
1752
1753 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1754 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1755 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1756 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1757
1758 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1759 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1760
1761 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1762 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3." nil nil)
1763
1764 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1765 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1766 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1767 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1768
1769 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1770 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1771 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1772 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1773
1774 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1775 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1776
1777 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1778 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1779 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1780 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1781
1782 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1783 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1784 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1785 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1786
1787 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1788 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1789
1790 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1791 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1792 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1793 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1794
1795 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1796 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1797 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1798 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1799
1800 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1801 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1802 new tab in an existing window instead.
1803
1804 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1805 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1806
1807 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1808 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1809 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1810 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1811
1812 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1813 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1814 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1815 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1816
1817 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1818 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1819
1820 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1821 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1822
1823 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1824 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1825 program is invoked according to the variable
1826 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1827
1828 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1829 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1830 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1831 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1832
1833 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1834 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1835
1836 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1837 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1838 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1839
1840 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1841 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1842 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1843 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1844
1845 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1846 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1847 Default to the URL around or before point.
1848
1849 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1850 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1851 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1852
1853 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1854 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1855 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1856 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1857
1858 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1859 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1860
1861 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1862 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1863 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1864
1865 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1866 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1867 Default to the URL around or before point.
1868
1869 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1870 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1871 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1872
1873 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1874 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1875
1876 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1877 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1878 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1879 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1880
1881 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1882 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1883 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1884 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1885 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1886
1887 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1888 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1889 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1890 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1891
1892 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1893 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1894 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1895 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1896
1897 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1898 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1899
1900 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1901 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1902 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1903
1904 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1905 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1906 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1907 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1908 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1909 current one.
1910
1911 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1912 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1913 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1914 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1915
1916 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1917 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1918
1919 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1920 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1921 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1922 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1923 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1924 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1925
1926 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1927 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1928 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1929
1930 ;;;***
1931 \f
1932 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15400
1933 ;;;;;; 1479))
1934 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1935
1936 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1937 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1938
1939 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1940 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1941
1942 ;;;***
1943 \f
1944 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1945 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15371 46415))
1946 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1947
1948 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1949 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1950 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1951 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1954 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1955 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1956 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1957
1958 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1959 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1960
1961 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1962 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1963 \\<bs-mode-map>
1964 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1965 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1966 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1967 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1968
1969 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1970 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1971 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1972 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1973 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1974
1975 ;;;***
1976 \f
1977 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1978 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15425
1979 ;;;;;; 28360))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1981
1982 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1983 Keymap used by buttons.")
1984
1985 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1986 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1987 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1988
1989 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1990 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1991 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1992 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1993 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1994 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
1995
1996 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
1997 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
1998 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
1999 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
2000
2001 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2002 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2003 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2004 specifying properties to add to the button.
2005 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2006 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2007 `define-button-type'.
2008
2009 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
2010
2011 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2012 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2013 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2014 specifying properties to add to the button.
2015 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2016 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2017 `define-button-type'.
2018
2019 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
2020
2021 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2022 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2023 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2024 specifying properties to add to the button.
2025 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2026 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2027 `define-button-type'.
2028
2029 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2030 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2031 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2032 `make-text-button'.
2033
2034 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
2035
2036 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2037 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2038 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2039 specifying properties to add to the button.
2040 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2041 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2042 `define-button-type'.
2043
2044 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2045 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2046 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2047 `insert-text-button'.
2048
2049 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
2050
2051 ;;;***
2052 \f
2053 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2054 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2055 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2056 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2057 ;;;;;; (15521 59035))
2058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2059
2060 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2061 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2062 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
2063
2064 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2065 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2066 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2067 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2068
2069 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
2070 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
2071 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
2072 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
2073
2074 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
2075
2076 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2077 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2078
2079 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2080 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2081 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2082 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2083 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2084
2085 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2086 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2087 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2088 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2089
2090 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2091 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2092 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2093
2094 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2095 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2096 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2097 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2098 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2099 all functions called by those functions.
2100
2101 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2102 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2103 cons, etc.).
2104
2105 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2106 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2107 invoked interactively." t nil)
2108
2109 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2110 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2111 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2112 it won't work in an interactive Emacs." nil nil)
2113
2114 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2115 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2116 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2117 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2118 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2119 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2120 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2121 already up-to-date." nil nil)
2122
2123 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2124 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2125 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2126 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2127
2128 ;;;***
2129 \f
2130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15371 46418))
2131 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2132
2133 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2134
2135 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2136
2137 ;;;***
2138 \f
2139 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2140 ;;;;;; (15533 36798))
2141 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2142
2143 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2144 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2145 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2146 from the cursor position." t nil)
2147
2148 ;;;***
2149 \f
2150 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2151 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2152 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15548
2153 ;;;;;; 17734))
2154 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2155
2156 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2157 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2158
2159 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2160 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2161
2162 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2163 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2164 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2165 If nil, use original installation directory.
2166 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2167
2168 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2169 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2170
2171 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2172 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2173
2174 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2175 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2176 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2177
2178 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2179 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details." t nil)
2180
2181 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2182 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\"." t nil)
2183
2184 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2185 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window." t nil)
2186
2187 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2188 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator." t nil)
2189
2190 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2191 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2192 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2193 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form." nil nil)
2194
2195 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2196 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2197 This is most useful in the X window system.
2198 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2199 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press." t nil)
2200
2201 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2202 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2203 See calc-keypad for details." t nil)
2204
2205 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2206 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2207
2208 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2209 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2210
2211 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2212 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point." t nil)
2213
2214 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2215 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2216 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto." t nil)
2217
2218 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" nil nil (quote macro))
2219
2220 ;;;***
2221 \f
2222 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2223 ;;;;;; (15488 49716))
2224 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2225
2226 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2227 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc." nil nil)
2228
2229 ;;;***
2230 \f
2231 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15457
2232 ;;;;;; 4931))
2233 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2234
2235 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2236 Run the Emacs calculator.
2237 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2238
2239 ;;;***
2240 \f
2241 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2242 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2243 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2244 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2245 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2246 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2247 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2248 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2249 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2250 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2251 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2252 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2253 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2254 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2255 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2256 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2257 ;;;;;; (15533 36800))
2258 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2259
2260 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2261 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2262 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2263
2264 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2265 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2266 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2267 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2268 the screen.")
2269
2270 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2271 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2272 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2273 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2274 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2275
2276 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2277 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2278 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2279 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2280 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2281 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2282 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2283
2284 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2285 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2286 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2287 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2288 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2289
2290 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2291 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2292 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2293
2294 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2295 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2296 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2297
2298 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2299 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2300 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2301
2302 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2303 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2304 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2305 displayed.")
2306
2307 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2308 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2309 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2310
2311 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2312 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2313 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2314
2315 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2316
2317 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2318 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2319 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2320
2321 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2322 calendar.")
2323
2324 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2325 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2326 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2327
2328 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2329 calendar.")
2330
2331 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2332 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2333 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2334
2335 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2336 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2337 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2338 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2339 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2340
2341 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2342 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2343 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2344 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2345 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2346 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2347 a function is also provided for this:
2348 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2349
2350 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2351 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2352 date is not visible in the window.
2353
2354 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2355 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2356 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2357
2358 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2359 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2360
2361 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2362 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2363 date is visible in the window.
2364
2365 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2366 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2367 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2368
2369 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2370 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2371
2372 For example,
2373
2374 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2375
2376 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2377
2378 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2379 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2380
2381 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2382
2383 MONTH/DAY
2384 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2385 MONTHNAME DAY
2386 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2387 DAYNAME
2388
2389 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2390 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2391 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2392 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2393 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2394 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2395 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2396 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2397 respectively.
2398
2399 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2400 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2401 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2402
2403 DAY/MONTH
2404 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2405 DAY MONTHNAME
2406 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2407 DAYNAME
2408
2409 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2410 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2411
2412 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2413 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2414 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2415 window but will appear in a diary window.
2416
2417 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2418 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2419
2420 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2421 entries (in the default American style):
2422
2423 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2424 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2425 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2426 21: Payday
2427 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2428 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2429 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2430 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2431 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2432 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2433 &* 15 time cards due.
2434
2435 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2436 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2437 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2438 single diary entry
2439
2440 02/11/1989
2441 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2442 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2443 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2444 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2445 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2446 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2447
2448 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2449 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2450 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2451
2452 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2453
2454 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2455
2456 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2457 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2458 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2459 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2460 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2461 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2462 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2463 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2464 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2465
2466 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2467 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2468 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2469 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2470 for these functions for details.
2471
2472 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2473 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2474
2475 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2476 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2477
2478 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2479 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2480
2481 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2482 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2483
2484 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2485 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2486 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2487
2488 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2489 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2490 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2491
2492 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2493 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2494 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2495 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2496
2497 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2498 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2499 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2500 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2501
2502 DAY/MONTH
2503 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2504 DAY MONTHNAME
2505 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2506 DAYNAME
2507
2508 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2509 characters with or without a period.")
2510
2511 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2512 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2513 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2514
2515 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2516 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2517 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2518
2519 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2520 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2521 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2522
2523 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2524 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2525 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2526
2527 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2528 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2529 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2530 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2531 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2532 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2533
2534 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2535 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2536 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2537
2538 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2539 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2540 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2541 of the form
2542
2543 #include \"filename\"
2544
2545 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2546 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2547 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2548 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2549 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2550
2551 For example, you could use
2552
2553 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2554 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2555 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2556
2557 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2558 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2559 lexicographic order.")
2560
2561 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2562 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2563 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2564
2565 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2566 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2567 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2568 diary display.
2569
2570 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2571 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2572 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2573 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2574 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2575 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2576 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2577
2578 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2579 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2580 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2581 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2582 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2583 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2584 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2585 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2586
2587 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2588 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2589 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2590 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2591 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2592 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2593
2594 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2595 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2596
2597 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2598 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2599 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2600 of the form
2601 #include \"filename\"
2602 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2603 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2604 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2605 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2606 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2607
2608 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2609 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2610 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2611 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2612 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2613 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2614
2615 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2616 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2617 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2618 are holidays.")
2619
2620 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2621 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2622 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2623 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2624 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2625
2626 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2627
2628 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2629 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2630 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2631
2632 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2633
2634 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2635 *Oriental holidays.
2636 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2637
2638 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2639
2640 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2641 *Local holidays.
2642 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2643
2644 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2645
2646 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2647 *User defined holidays.
2648 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2649
2650 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2651
2652 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2653
2654 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2655
2656 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2657
2658 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2659
2660 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2661
2662 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2663
2664 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2665
2666 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2667
2668 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2669 *Jewish holidays.
2670 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2671
2672 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2673
2674 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2675 *Christian holidays.
2676 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2677
2678 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2679
2680 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2681 *Islamic holidays.
2682 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2683
2684 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2685
2686 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2687 *Sun-related holidays.
2688 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2689
2690 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2691
2692 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2693 The frame set up of the calendar.
2694 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2695 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2696 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2697 any other value the current frame is used.")
2698
2699 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2700 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2701 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
2702
2703 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
2704 See the documentation of that function for more information." t nil)
2705
2706 ;;;***
2707 \f
2708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15557 64404))
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2710
2711 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2712 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2713
2714 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2715 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2716
2717 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2718 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2719
2720 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2721 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2722
2723 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2724 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2725
2726 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2727 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2728
2729 ;;;***
2730 \f
2731 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2732 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2733 ;;;;;; (15557 64405))
2734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2735
2736 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2737
2738 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2739 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2740 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2741 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2742 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2743 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2744
2745 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2746
2747 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2748 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2749 run first.
2750
2751 Key bindings:
2752 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2753
2754 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2755 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2756 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2757 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2758 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2759 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2760 message.
2761
2762 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2763
2764 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2765 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2766 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2767
2768 Key bindings:
2769 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2770
2771 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2772 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2773 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2774 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2775 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2776 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2777 message.
2778
2779 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2780
2781 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2782 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2783 is run first.
2784
2785 Key bindings:
2786 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2787
2788 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2789 Major mode for editing Java code.
2790 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2791 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2792 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2793 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2794 message.
2795
2796 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2797
2798 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2799 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2800 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2801 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2802 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2803
2804 Key bindings:
2805 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2806
2807 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2808 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2809 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2810 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2811 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2812 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2813 message.
2814
2815 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2816
2817 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2818 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2819 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2820
2821 Key bindings:
2822 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2823
2824 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2825 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2826 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2827 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2828 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2829 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2830 message.
2831
2832 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2833
2834 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2835 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2836 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2837
2838 Key bindings:
2839 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2840
2841 ;;;***
2842 \f
2843 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2844 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15557 64405))
2845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2846
2847 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2848 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2849 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2850 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2851 for details of setting up styles.
2852
2853 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2854 style name.
2855
2856 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2857 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2858 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2859 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2860 will be reassigned.
2861
2862 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2863 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2864 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2865
2866 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2867 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2868 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2869 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2870
2871 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2872
2873 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2874 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2875 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2876
2877 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2878 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2879 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2880 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2881 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2882
2883 ;;;***
2884 \f
2885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15557 64405))
2886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2887
2888 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2889 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2890 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2891 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2892 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2893
2894 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2895 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2896
2897 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2898 `infodock'.")
2899
2900 ;;;***
2901 \f
2902 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2903 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2904 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
2905 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2906
2907 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2908 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2909
2910 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2911 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2912
2913 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2914 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2915
2916 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2917 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2918 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2919 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2920 execution.
2921
2922 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2923
2924 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2925 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2926
2927 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2928 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2929 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2930 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2931
2932 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2933 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2934 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2935 `write' commands.
2936
2937 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2938 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2939 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2940 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2941
2942 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2943 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2944 semantics.
2945
2946 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2947
2948 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2949
2950 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2951
2952 STATEMENT :=
2953 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2954 | TRANSLATE | END
2955
2956 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2957 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2958 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2959 | integer
2960
2961 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2962
2963 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2964 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2965 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2966
2967 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2968 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2969 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2970
2971 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2972 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2973
2974 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2975 BREAK := (break)
2976
2977 REPEAT :=
2978 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2979 (repeat)
2980 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2981 ;; (repeat))
2982 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2983 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2984 ;; (read REG)
2985 ;; (repeat))
2986 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2987 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2988 ;; (read REG)
2989 ;; (repeat))
2990 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2991
2992 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2993 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2994 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2995 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2996 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2997 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2998 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2999 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3000 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3001 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3002 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3003 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3004 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3005 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3006 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3007 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3008
3009 WRITE :=
3010 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3011 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3012 ;; representation.
3013 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3014 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3015 ;; (write r7))
3016 | (write EXPRESSION)
3017 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3018 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3019 ;; representation.
3020 | (write integer)
3021 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3022 ;; buffer.
3023 | (write string)
3024 ;; Same as: (write string)
3025 | string
3026 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3027 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3028 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3029 ;; representation.
3030 | (write REG ARRAY)
3031 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3032 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3033 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3034 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3035 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3036 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3037
3038 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3039 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3040
3041 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3042 END := (end)
3043
3044 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3045 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3046 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3047
3048 ARG := REG | integer
3049
3050 OPERATOR :=
3051 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3052 + | - | * | / | %
3053
3054 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3055 | & | `|' | ^
3056
3057 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3058 | << | >>
3059
3060 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3061 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3062 | <8
3063
3064 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3065 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3066 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3067 | >8
3068
3069 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3070 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3071 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3072 | //
3073
3074 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3075 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3076
3077 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3078 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3079 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3080 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3081 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3082 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3083 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3084 | de-sjis
3085
3086 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3087 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3088 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3089 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3090 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3091 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3092 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3093 ;; byte of SJIS.
3094 | en-sjis
3095
3096 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3097 ;; Same meaning as C code
3098 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3099
3100 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3101 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3102 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3103 | <8=
3104
3105 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3106 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3107 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3108
3109 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3110 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3111 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3112 | //=
3113
3114 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3115
3116
3117 TRANSLATE :=
3118 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3119 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3120 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3121 MAP :=
3122 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3123 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3124 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3125 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3126 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3127 MAP-ID := integer
3128 " nil (quote macro))
3129
3130 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3131 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3132 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3133 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3134 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3135 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
3136
3137 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3138 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3139 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3140
3141 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
3142
3143 ;;;***
3144 \f
3145 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3146 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3147 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3148 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3149 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3150 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3151 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3152 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3153 ;;;;;; (15464 26324))
3154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3155
3156 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3157 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
3158 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
3159 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3160
3161 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3162 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3163 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3164 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3165 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3166 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3167 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3168 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3169
3170 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3171 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3172 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3173 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3174 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3175 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3176 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3177 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3178
3179 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3180 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3181 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3182 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3183 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3184
3185 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3186 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3187 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3188 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3189 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3190
3191 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3192 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3193 Only documentation strings are checked.
3194 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3195 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3196 a separate buffer." t nil)
3197
3198 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3199 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3200 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3201 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3202 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3203
3204 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3205 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3206 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3207 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3208 if there is one." t nil)
3209
3210 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3211 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3212 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3213 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3214 if there is one.
3215 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3216
3217 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3218 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3219 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3220
3221 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3222 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3223 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3224 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3225 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3226
3227 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3228 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3229 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3230 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3231 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3232 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3233
3234 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3235 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3236 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3237 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3238
3239 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3240 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3241 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3242 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3243
3244 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3245 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3246 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3247 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3248
3249 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3250 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3251 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3252 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3253
3254 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3255 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3256 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3257 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3258
3259 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3260 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3261 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3262 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3263
3264 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3265 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3266 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3267 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3268
3269 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3270 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3271 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3272 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3273
3274 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3275 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3276 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3277 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3278
3279 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3280 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3281 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3282
3283 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3284 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3285 checking of documentation strings.
3286
3287 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3288
3289 ;;;***
3290 \f
3291 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3292 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15400
3293 ;;;;;; 1476))
3294 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3295
3296 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3297 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3298 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3299
3300 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3301 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3302
3303 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3304 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3305 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3306
3307 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3308 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3309
3310 ;;;***
3311 \f
3312 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3313 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15371 46415))
3314 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3315
3316 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3317 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3318 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3319 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3320 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3321 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3322
3323 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3324 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3325 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3326 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3327 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3328
3329 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3330
3331 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3332 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3333 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3334 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3335 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3336
3337 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3338 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3339 \\{command-history-map}
3340
3341 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3342 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3343
3344 ;;;***
3345 \f
3346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15391 60525))
3347 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3348
3349 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3350 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3351 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3352 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3353 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3354 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3355
3356 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3357 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3358
3359 ;;;***
3360 \f
3361 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3362 ;;;;;; (15507 55753))
3363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3364
3365 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3366
3367 ;;;***
3368 \f
3369 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3370 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
3371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3372
3373 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3374 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3375 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3376 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3377
3378 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3379 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3380 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3381
3382 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3383 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3384
3385 ;;;***
3386 \f
3387 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15400
3388 ;;;;;; 1471))
3389 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3390
3391 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3392 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3393 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3394 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3395 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3396 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3397 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3398 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3399
3400 ;;;***
3401 \f
3402 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3403 ;;;;;; (15417 7424))
3404 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3405
3406 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3407 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3408 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3409 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3410 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3411 ?* is used." nil (quote macro))
3412
3413 ;;;***
3414 \f
3415 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3416 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3417 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15517 64423))
3418 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3419
3420 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3421 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3422 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3423 ASCII table.
3424
3425 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3426 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3427 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3428 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3429
3430 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3431 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3432 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3433
3434 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3435 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3436 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3437
3438 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3439 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3440 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3441
3442 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3443 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3444
3445 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3446 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3447 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3448
3449 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3450 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3451
3452 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3453 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3454
3455 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3456 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3457 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3458
3459 ;;;***
3460 \f
3461 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3462 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3463 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3464 ;;;;;; (15552 23095))
3465 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3466
3467 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3468 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3469 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3470 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3471 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3472 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3473 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3474 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3475
3476 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3477
3478 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3479 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3480 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3481 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3482 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3483 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3484 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3485 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3486
3487 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3488
3489 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3490 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3491 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3492 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3493 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3494 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3495
3496 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3497 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3498 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3499
3500 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3501
3502 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3503 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3504 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3505
3506 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3507
3508 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3509 Send COMMAND to current process.
3510 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3511 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3512
3513 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3514 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3515 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3516 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3517
3518 ;;;***
3519 \f
3520 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15525
3521 ;;;;;; 27358))
3522 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3523
3524 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3525 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3526 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3527 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3528
3529 This command pushes the mark in each window
3530 at the prior location of point in that window.
3531 If both windows display the same buffer,
3532 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3533 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3534
3535 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3536 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3537 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3538
3539 ;;;***
3540 \f
3541 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3542 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3543 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3544 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15542 65298))
3545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3546
3547 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3548 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3549
3550 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3551 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3552
3553 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3554 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3555 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3556 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3557 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3558
3559 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3560 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3561 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3562 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3563 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3564
3565 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3566 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3567 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3568 describing how the process finished.")
3569
3570 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3571 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3572 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3573 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3574
3575 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3576 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3577 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3578
3579 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3580 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3581 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3582 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3583
3584 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3585 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3586 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3587 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3588
3589 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3590 and move to the source code that caused it.
3591
3592 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3593 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3594
3595 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3596 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3597 Then start the next one.
3598
3599 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3600 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3601 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3602
3603 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3604 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3605 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3606 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3607 where grep found matches.
3608
3609 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3610 easily repeat a grep command.
3611
3612 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3613 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3614 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3615 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3616
3617 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3618 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3619 Collect output in a buffer.
3620 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3621 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3622
3623 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3624 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3625
3626 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3627 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3628 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3629 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3630 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3631
3632 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3633
3634 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3635 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3636 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3637 See `compilation-mode'.
3638 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3639
3640 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3641 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3642 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3643 See `compilation-mode'.
3644 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3645
3646 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3647 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3648
3649 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3650 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3651
3652 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3653 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3654 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3655 and start at the first error.
3656
3657 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3658 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3659 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3660 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3661 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3662 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3663
3664 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3665 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3666 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3667
3668 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3669 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3670 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3671
3672 ;;;***
3673 \f
3674 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3675 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3677
3678 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3679 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3680 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3682 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3683
3684 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3685
3686 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3687
3688 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3689 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3690 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3691
3692 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3693 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3694 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3695 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3696
3697 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3698 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3699 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3700 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3701
3702 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3703 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3704 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3705 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3706
3707 ;;;***
3708 \f
3709 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3710 ;;;;;; (15400 1471))
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3712
3713 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3714 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3715
3716 ;;;***
3717 \f
3718 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3719 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3720 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3721 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
3722 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3723
3724 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3725 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3726 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3727 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3728 `make-composition'.
3729
3730 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3731
3732 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3733 | | 1:tc or top-center
3734 | | 2:tr or top-right
3735 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3736 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3737 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3738 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3739 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3740 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3741
3742 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3743 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3744 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3745 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3746 be added.
3747
3748 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3749 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3750 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3751
3752 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3753 | | |
3754 | global| |
3755 | glyph | |
3756 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3757 +----+--*--+
3758 | | new |
3759 | |glyph|
3760 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3761 ")
3762
3763 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3764 Compose characters in the current region.
3765
3766 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3767
3768 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3769 specifying the region.
3770
3771 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3772 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3773
3774 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3775 of the text in the region.
3776
3777 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3778
3779 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3780 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3781 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3782 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3783
3784 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3785 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3786 detail.
3787
3788 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3789 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3790 text in the composition." t nil)
3791
3792 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3793 Decompose text in the current region.
3794
3795 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3796 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3797
3798 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3799 Compose characters in string STRING.
3800
3801 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3802 the characters in it.
3803
3804 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3805 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3806 STRING respectively.
3807
3808 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3809 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3810 `compose-region' for more detail.
3811
3812 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3813 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3814 text in the composition." nil nil)
3815
3816 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3817 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3818
3819 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3820 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3821 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3822 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3823 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3824 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3825 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3826 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3827
3828 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3829 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3830
3831 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3832 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3833
3834 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3835 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3836
3837 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3838 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3839
3840 If no composition is found, return nil.
3841
3842 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3843 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3844
3845 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3846 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3847 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3848
3849 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3850
3851 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3852
3853 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3854 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3855 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3856
3857 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3858
3859 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3860
3861 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3862 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3863
3864 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3865 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3866 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3867 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3868 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3869 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3870 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3871 nil.
3872
3873 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3874 is:
3875 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3876 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3877
3878 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3879
3880 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3881 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3882
3883 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3884
3885 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3886 Compose last characters.
3887 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3888 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3889 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3890 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3891 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3892 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3893 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3894 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3895 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3896 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3897 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3898
3899 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3900 Convert CHAR to string.
3901 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3902
3903 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3904 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3905 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3906
3907 ;;;***
3908 \f
3909 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3910 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15391 60712))
3911 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3912
3913 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3914 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
3915 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3916 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3917
3918 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3919 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
3920 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3921 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3922
3923 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3924 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3925 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3926 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3927
3928 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3929 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)." nil nil)
3930
3931 ;;;***
3932 \f
3933 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3934 ;;;;;; (15464 26324))
3935 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3936
3937 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3938 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
3939 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
3940 the current year after them. If necessary, and
3941 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
3942 following the copyright are updated as well." t nil)
3943
3944 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3945 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3946
3947 ;;;***
3948 \f
3949 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3950 ;;;;;; (15542 65298))
3951 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3952
3953 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3954 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3955 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3956 Tab indents for Perl code.
3957 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3958 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3959
3960 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3961 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3962 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3963 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3964 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3965 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3966 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3967 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3968 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3969 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3970 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3971 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3972
3973 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3974
3975 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3976 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3977
3978 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3979
3980 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3981 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3982 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3983 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3984 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3985 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3986 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3987 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3988 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3989
3990 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3991
3992 bite if angry;
3993
3994 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3995 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3996 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3997 to nil.)
3998
3999 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4000 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4001 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4002
4003 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4004
4005 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4006 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4007 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4008 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4009 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4010
4011 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4012
4013 if (A) { B }
4014
4015 into
4016
4017 B if A;
4018
4019 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4020
4021 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4022 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4023 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4024 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4025 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4026 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4027 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4028 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4029 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4030 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4031 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4032 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4033 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4034
4035 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4036 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4037 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4038 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4039 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4040 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4041
4042 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4043 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4044 man via menu.
4045
4046 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4047 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4048 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4049 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4050 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4051
4052 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4053 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4054 span the needed amount of lines.
4055
4056 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4057 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4058 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4059 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4060
4061 Variables controlling indentation style:
4062 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4063 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4064 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4065 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4066 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4067 `cperl-auto-newline'
4068 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4069 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4070 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4071 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4072 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4073 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4074 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4075 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4076 `cperl-indent-level'
4077 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4078 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4079 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4080 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4081 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4082 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4083 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4084 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4085 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4086 `cperl-brace-offset'
4087 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4088 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4089 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4090 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4091 `cperl-label-offset'
4092 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4093 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4094 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4095
4096 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4097 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4098 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4099 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4100 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4101
4102 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4103 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4104 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4105 \(both available from menu).
4106
4107 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4108 column 0 is indented on
4109 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4110
4111 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4112 with no args.
4113
4114 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4115 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4116 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
4117
4118 ;;;***
4119 \f
4120 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4121 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
4122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4123
4124 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4125 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4126 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4127 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4128 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
4129
4130 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4131 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
4132
4133 ;;;***
4134 \f
4135 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4136 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
4137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4138
4139 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4140 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4141 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4142 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4143
4144 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4145 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4146
4147 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4148
4149 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4150
4151 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4152 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4153 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
4154
4155 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4156
4157 ;;;***
4158 \f
4159 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4160 ;;;;;; (15391 60525))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4162
4163 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4164 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4165 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4166 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4167
4168 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4169 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4170 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4171 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4172
4173 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4174 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4175 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4176
4177 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4178 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4179 'bob', and 'eve'.
4180
4181 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4182 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4183 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4184
4185 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4186
4187 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4188 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4189 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4190
4191 ;;;***
4192 \f
4193 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4194 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file custom-load-symbol
4195 ;;;;;; customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window custom-buffer-create
4196 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces customize-apropos-options
4197 ;;;;;; customize-apropos customize-saved customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4198 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options
4199 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4200 ;;;;;; customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4201 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (15561 31158))
4202 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4203 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4204
4205 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4206 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4207
4208 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4209 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4210
4211 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4212 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4213
4214 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4215
4216 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4217 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4218 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4219
4220 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4221 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4222
4223 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4224 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4225
4226 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4227 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4228
4229 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4230 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4231
4232 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4233
4234 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4235 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4236 Return VALUE.
4237
4238 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4239 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4240
4241 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4242 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4243
4244 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4245 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4246
4247 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4248 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4249
4250 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4251
4252 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4253 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4254 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4255 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4256 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4257
4258 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4259 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4260
4261 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4262 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4263
4264 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4265
4266 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4267 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4268
4269 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4270 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4271 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4272 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4273 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4274
4275 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4276 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4277 version." t nil)
4278
4279 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4280
4281 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4282 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4283 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4284
4285 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4286 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4287 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4288
4289 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4290 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4291
4292 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4293 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4294
4295 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4296 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4297
4298 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4299 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4300
4301 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4302 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4303
4304 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4305 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4306 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4307 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4308 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4309 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4310 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4311
4312 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4313 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4314 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4315
4316 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4317 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4318
4319 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4320 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4321
4322 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4323 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4324 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4325 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4326 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4327 that option." nil nil)
4328
4329 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4330 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4331 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4332 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4333 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4334 that option." nil nil)
4335
4336 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4337 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4338
4339 (autoload (quote custom-load-symbol) "cus-edit" "\
4340 Load all dependencies for SYMBOL." nil nil)
4341
4342 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4343 File used for storing customization information.
4344 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4345 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4346 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4347
4348 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4349 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4350 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4351 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4352
4353 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4354 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4355
4356 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4357 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4358
4359 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4360 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4361 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4362
4363 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4364 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4365 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4366 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4367 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4368
4369 ;;;***
4370 \f
4371 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4372 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15542 65290))
4373 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4374
4375 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4376 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4377
4378 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4379 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4380 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4381
4382 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4383
4384 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4385 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4386 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4387
4388 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4389
4390 ;;;***
4391 \f
4392 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4393 ;;;;;; (15425 28361))
4394 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4395
4396 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4397 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4398
4399 ;;;***
4400 \f
4401 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4402 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15542 65299))
4403 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4404
4405 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4406 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4407
4408 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4409 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4410 C++ modes are included.
4411
4412 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4413
4414 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4415 Turn on CWarn mode.
4416
4417 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4418 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4419
4420 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
4421 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
4422 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4423 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4424 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
4425
4426 (custom-add-to-group (quote cwarn) (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4427
4428 (custom-add-load (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote cwarn))
4429
4430 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4431 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
4432 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4433 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
4434 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
4435
4436 ;;;***
4437 \f
4438 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4439 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4440 ;;;;;; (15464 26330))
4441 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4442
4443 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4444 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4445
4446 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4447 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4448
4449 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4450 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4451 For readability, the table is slightly
4452 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4453
4454 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4455 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4456 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
4457 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4458 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4459
4460 ;;;***
4461 \f
4462 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4463 ;;;;;; (15517 64421))
4464 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4465
4466 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4467
4468 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4469
4470 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4471 Completion on current word.
4472 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4473 and presents suggestions for completion.
4474
4475 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4476 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4477 completions.
4478
4479 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4480 then it searches *all* buffers.
4481
4482 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4483 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4484
4485 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4486 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4487
4488 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4489 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4490 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4491 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4492 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4493
4494 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4495 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4496
4497 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4498 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4499 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4500
4501 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4502 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4503
4504 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4505
4506 ;;;***
4507 \f
4508 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15391
4509 ;;;;;; 60713))
4510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4511
4512 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4513 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4514
4515 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4516 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4517 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4518
4519 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4520 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4521 Data lines are not indented.
4522
4523 Key bindings:
4524
4525 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4526 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4527
4528 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4529 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4530 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4531 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4532
4533 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4534
4535 dcl-basic-offset
4536 Extra indentation within blocks.
4537
4538 dcl-continuation-offset
4539 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4540
4541 dcl-margin-offset
4542 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4543
4544 dcl-margin-label-offset
4545 Indentation for a label.
4546
4547 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4548 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4549
4550 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4551 dcl-block-end-regexp
4552 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4553 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4554 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4555 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4556 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4557
4558 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4559 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4560 Two such functions are included in the package:
4561 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4562 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4563
4564 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4565 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4566 One such function is included in the package:
4567 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4568
4569 dcl-tab-always-indent
4570 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4571 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4572 margin.
4573
4574 dcl-electric-characters
4575 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4576 typed.
4577
4578 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4579 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4580 which words trigger electric indentation.
4581
4582 dcl-tempo-comma
4583 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4584 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4585 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4586
4587 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4588 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4589 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4590 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4591
4592 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4593 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4594 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4595 dcl-imenu-label-call
4596 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4597
4598 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4599 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4600 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4601 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4602
4603
4604 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4605
4606 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4607 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4608 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4609 $ i = 1
4610 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4611 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4612 $ label:
4613 $ if i.eq.1
4614 $ then
4615 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4616 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4617 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4618 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4619 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4620 \"lined up with the command line\"
4621 $ type sys$input
4622 Data lines are not indented at all.
4623 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4624 $ endif
4625 $
4626 " t nil)
4627
4628 ;;;***
4629 \f
4630 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4631 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15544 37708))
4632 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4633
4634 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4635
4636 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4637 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4638 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4639 of the evaluator.
4640
4641 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4642 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4643 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4644
4645 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4646 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4647 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4648 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4649 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4650 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4651 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4652
4653 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4654 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4655 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4656
4657 ;;;***
4658 \f
4659 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4660 ;;;;;; (15400 1479))
4661 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4662
4663 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4664 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4665
4666 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4667 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4668 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4669 Upper-case letters are commands.
4670
4671 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4672 modify it.
4673
4674 The most useful commands are:
4675 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4676 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4677 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4678 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4679 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4680 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4681
4682 ;;;***
4683 \f
4684 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4685 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15371
4686 ;;;;;; 46415))
4687 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4688
4689 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4690 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4691
4692 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4693 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4694
4695 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4696
4697 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4698 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4699
4700 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4701
4702 ;;;***
4703 \f
4704 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15391
4705 ;;;;;; 60713))
4706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4707
4708 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4709 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4710 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4711 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4712 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4713 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4714
4715 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4716
4717 Customization:
4718
4719 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4720 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4721 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4722 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4723 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4724 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4725 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4726 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4727 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4728 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4729 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4730 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4731 blank line.
4732 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4733 Directories to search when finding external units.
4734 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4735 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4736
4737 Coloring:
4738
4739 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4740 Face used to color delphi comments.
4741 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4742 Face used to color delphi strings.
4743 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4744 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4745 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4746 Face used to color everything else.
4747
4748 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4749 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4750
4751 ;;;***
4752 \f
4753 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15371
4754 ;;;;;; 46415))
4755 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4756
4757 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4758
4759 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4760 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4761 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4763 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4764
4765 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4766
4767 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4768
4769 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4770 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4771 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4772 positive.
4773
4774 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4775 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4776 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4777 any selection." t nil)
4778
4779 ;;;***
4780 \f
4781 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4782 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15400 1471))
4783 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4784
4785 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4786 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4787
4788 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4789
4790 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4791 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4792 or nil if there is no parent.
4793 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4794 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4795 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4796 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4797 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
4798
4799 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4800
4801 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4802
4803 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4804 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4805 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4806
4807 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4808 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4809
4810 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4811 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4812 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4813
4814 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4815 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4816
4817 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4818 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4819 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4820 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4821 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4822
4823 ;;;***
4824 \f
4825 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4826 ;;;;;; (15505 59085))
4827 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4828
4829 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4830 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4831 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4832
4833 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4834 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4835 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4836 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4837
4838 ;;;***
4839 \f
4840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15417
4841 ;;;;;; 7424))
4842 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4843
4844 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
4845
4846 ;;;***
4847 \f
4848 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4849 ;;;;;; (15557 64393))
4850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4851
4852 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4853 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4854 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4855 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4856 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4857
4858 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4859 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4860 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4861
4862 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4863 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4864 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4865 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4866
4867 #!/bin/sh
4868 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4869 emacs -batch \\
4870 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4871 european-calendar-style t \\
4872 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4873 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4874 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4875
4876 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4877 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4878 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4879 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4880
4881 ;;;***
4882 \f
4883 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4884 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15371 46416))
4885 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4886
4887 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4888 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4889
4890 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4891 *The command to use to run diff.")
4892
4893 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4894 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4895 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4896 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4897 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4898
4899 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4900 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4901 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4902 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4903 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4904
4905 ;;;***
4906 \f
4907 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4908 ;;;;;; (15417 7386))
4909 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4910
4911 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4912 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4913 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4914 normal diffs.
4915 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4916
4917 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4918 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4919 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4920
4921 ;;;***
4922 \f
4923 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4924 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4925 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4926 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4927 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15557 64385))
4928 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4929
4930 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4931 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4932 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4933 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4934 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
4935 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
4936 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
4937 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
4938
4939 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4940 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4941
4942 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4943 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4944 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4945 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4946 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4947
4948 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4949 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4950
4951 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4952 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4953 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4954 always set this variable to t.")
4955
4956 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4957 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4958 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4959 A value of t means move to first file.")
4960
4961 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4962 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4963 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4964 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4965 are afterward marked with that character.")
4966
4967 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4968 *Controls marking of copied files.
4969 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4970 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4971
4972 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4973 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4974 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4975 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4976
4977 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4978 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4979 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4980 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4981
4982 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4983 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4984 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4985 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4986
4987 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4988
4989 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4990 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4991 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4992 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4993
4994 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4995 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4996 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4997 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4998 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4999 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5000 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5001 list of files to make directory entries for.
5002 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5003 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5004 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5005 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5006
5007 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
5008 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5009
5010 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5011 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
5012 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5013
5014 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5015 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
5016
5017 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5018 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
5019
5020 ;;;***
5021 \f
5022 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5023 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5024 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5025 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5026 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5027 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5028 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5029 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5030 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5031 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5032 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5033 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5034 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15551 61808))
5035 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5036
5037 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5038 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5039 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5040 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5041 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5042 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5043 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5044
5045 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5046 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5047 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5048 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5049 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5050 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5051
5052 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5053 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5054 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
5055
5056 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5057 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5058
5059 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5060 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5061
5062 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5063 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5064 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5065 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
5066
5067 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5068 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5069 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5070 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5071 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5072
5073 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5074 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5075
5076 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5077 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5078 file name substituted for `?'.
5079
5080 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5081 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5082
5083 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5084 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5085 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5086 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5087
5088 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5089
5090 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5091 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5092 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5093
5094 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5095 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5096 in a subdir.
5097
5098 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5099 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
5100
5101 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5102 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5103 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5104 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5105 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5106 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
5107
5108 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5109
5110 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5111 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5112
5113 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5114 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5115
5116 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5117 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5118
5119 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5120 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5121 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5122 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
5123
5124 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5125
5126 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5127
5128 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5129
5130 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5131
5132 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5133
5134 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5135 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
5136
5137 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5138 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5139 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5140 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5141 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5142 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5143 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5144 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5145 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5146
5147 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5148 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5149 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5150 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5151 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5152 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5153 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5154 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5155
5156 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5157 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5158 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5159 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5160 and new hard links are made in that directory
5161 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5162 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5163 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5164
5165 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5166 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5167 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5168 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5169 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5170 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5171
5172 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5173 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5174
5175 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5176 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5177 file if none are marked.
5178
5179 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5180 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5181 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5182 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5183
5184 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5185 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5186
5187 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5188 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5189 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5190
5191 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5192 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5193 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5194
5195 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5196 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5197 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5198
5199 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5200 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5201
5202 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5203 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5204
5205 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5206 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5207 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5208 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5209 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5210 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5211 this subdirectory.
5212 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5213
5214 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5215 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5216 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5217 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5218 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5219 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5220 this subdirectory.
5221 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5222
5223 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5224 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5225 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5226
5227 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5228 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5229 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5230 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5231
5232 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5233 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5234 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5235 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5236
5237 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5238 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5239 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5240
5241 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5242 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5243
5244 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5245 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5246
5247 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5248 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5249 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5250 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5251
5252 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5253 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5254 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5255 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5256
5257 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5258 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5259 Stops when a match is found.
5260 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5261
5262 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5263 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5264 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5265 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
5266 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5267
5268 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5269 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5270 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5271 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5272
5273 ;;;***
5274 \f
5275 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15425 28361))
5276 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5277
5278 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5279 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5280 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5281 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5282 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5283 buffer and try again." t nil)
5284
5285 ;;;***
5286 \f
5287 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15371 46416))
5288 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5289
5290 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5291 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5292 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5293
5294 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5295
5296 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5297 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5298
5299 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5300 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5301 " nil nil)
5302
5303 ;;;***
5304 \f
5305 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (15371
5306 ;;;;;; 46419))
5307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5308
5309 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5310 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5311 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5312 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5313 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5314 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5315
5316 ;;;***
5317 \f
5318 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5319 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5320 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5321 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5322 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15391 60508))
5323 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5324
5325 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5326 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5327
5328 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5329 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5330 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5331 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5332 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5333
5334 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5335 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5336 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5337 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5338 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5339
5340 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5341 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5342
5343 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5344 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5345
5346 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5347 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5348
5349 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5350 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5351
5352 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5353 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5354
5355 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5356 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5357 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5358 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5359
5360 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5361 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5362 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5363 X frame." nil nil)
5364
5365 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5366 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5367
5368 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5369 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5370
5371 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5372 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5373
5374 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5375 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5376 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5377 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5378
5379 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5380 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5381 European character display.
5382
5383 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5384 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5385 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5386 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5387
5388 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5389 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5390 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5391 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5392 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5393
5394 ;;;***
5395 \f
5396 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5397 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
5398 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5399
5400 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5401 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5402 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5403 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5404 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5405 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5406 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5407 Default is 2." t nil)
5408
5409 ;;;***
5410 \f
5411 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15371 46425))
5412 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5413
5414 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5415 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5416
5417 ;;;***
5418 \f
5419 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5420 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
5421 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5422
5423 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5424 Toggle Double mode.
5425 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5426 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5427
5428 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5429
5430 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5431
5432 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5433 Toggle Double mode.
5434 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5435
5436 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5437 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5438
5439 ;;;***
5440 \f
5441 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15371 46425))
5442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5443
5444 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5445 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5446
5447 ;;;***
5448 \f
5449 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5450 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
5451 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5452
5453 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5454 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5455
5456 ;;;***
5457 \f
5458 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5459 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5460 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15505 59087))
5461 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5462
5463 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5464
5465 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5466 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5467 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5468 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5469
5470 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5471 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5472 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5473 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5474 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5475 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5476 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5477 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5478 used (see below).
5479
5480 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5481 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5482 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5483 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5484 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5485 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5486 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5487 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5488 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5489
5490 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5491 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5492 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5493 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5494 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5495 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5496
5497 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5498 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5499 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5500 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5501 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5502 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5503 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5504
5505 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5506
5507 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5508 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5509 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5510
5511 ;;;***
5512 \f
5513 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5514 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15561
5515 ;;;;;; 31234))
5516 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5517
5518 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5519
5520 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5521 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5522 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5523 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5524
5525 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5526 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5527
5528 :filter FUNCTION
5529
5530 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5531 menu displayed.
5532
5533 :visible INCLUDE
5534
5535 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5536 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5537
5538 :active ENABLE
5539
5540 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5541 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5542
5543 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5544
5545 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5546
5547 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5548
5549 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5550 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5551
5552 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5553 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5554
5555 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5556
5557 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5558
5559 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5560
5561 :keys KEYS
5562
5563 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5564 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5565 computed automatically.
5566 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5567
5568 :key-sequence KEYS
5569
5570 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5571 menu item.
5572 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5573 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5574 keyboard equivalent.
5575
5576 :active ENABLE
5577
5578 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5579 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5580
5581 :included INCLUDE
5582
5583 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5584 expression has a non-nil value.
5585
5586 :suffix FORM
5587
5588 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5589 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5590
5591 :style STYLE
5592
5593 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5594 defined:
5595
5596 toggle: A checkbox.
5597 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5598 radio: A radio button.
5599 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5600 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5601 menu bar itself.
5602 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5603
5604 :selected SELECTED
5605
5606 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5607 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5608
5609 :help HELP
5610
5611 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5612
5613 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5614 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5615 as a solid horizontal line.
5616
5617 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5618
5619 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5620
5621 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5622 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5623 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5624 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5625
5626 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5627 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5628 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5629 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5630 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5631 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5632
5633 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5634 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5635 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5636
5637 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5638 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5639
5640 ;;;***
5641 \f
5642 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5643 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5644 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5645 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5646 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15371 46426))
5647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5648
5649 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5650 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5651
5652 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5653 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5654
5655 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5656 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5657 it to the printer.
5658
5659 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5660 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5661 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5662 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5663
5664 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5665 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5666 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5667
5668 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5669 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5670 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5671 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5672
5673 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5674
5675 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5676 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5677 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5678
5679 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5680
5681 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5682 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5683
5684 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5685 The EPS file name has the following form:
5686
5687 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5688
5689 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5690 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5691
5692 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5693 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5694 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5695 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5696
5697 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5698
5699 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5700 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5701
5702 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5703 The EPS file name has the following form:
5704
5705 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5706
5707 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5708 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5709
5710 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5711 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5712 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5713 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5714
5715 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5716
5717 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5718
5719 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5720 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5721
5722 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5723 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5724
5725 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5726 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5727
5728 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5729 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5730
5731 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5732 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5733
5734 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5735 Set STYLE to current style.
5736
5737 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5738
5739 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5740 Reset current style.
5741
5742 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5743
5744 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5745 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5746
5747 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5748
5749 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5750 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5751
5752 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5753
5754 ;;;***
5755 \f
5756 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5757 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5758 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5759 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5760 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5761 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15505 59091))
5762 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5763
5764 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5765 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5766 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5767 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5768 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5769 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5770
5771 Tree mode key bindings:
5772 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5773
5774 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5775 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5776
5777 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5778 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5779 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5780 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5781 completion." t nil)
5782
5783 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5784 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5785 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5786 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5787
5788 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5789 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5790 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5791
5792 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5793 Search for call sites of a member.
5794 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5795 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5796 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5797 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5798
5799 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5800 Move backward in the position stack.
5801 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5802
5803 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5804 Move forward in the position stack.
5805 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5806
5807 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5808 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5809
5810 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5811 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5812
5813 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5814 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5815 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5816 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5817
5818 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5819 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5820
5821 ;;;***
5822 \f
5823 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5824 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
5825 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5826
5827 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5828 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5829 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5830 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5831
5832 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5833 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5834 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5835
5836 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5837 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5838 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5839
5840 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5841
5842 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5843
5844 ;;;***
5845 \f
5846 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5847 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15371 46415))
5848 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5849
5850 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5851 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5852 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5853
5854 ;;;***
5855 \f
5856 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5857 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15544 37708))
5858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5859
5860 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5861 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5862 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5863 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5864 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5865
5866 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5867 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5868 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5869 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5870
5871 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5872 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5873 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5874 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5875
5876 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5877 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5878 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5879 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5880
5881 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5882
5883 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5884 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5885 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5886 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5887 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5888
5889 ;;;***
5890 \f
5891 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5892 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5893 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5894 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5895 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5896 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5897 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5898 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5899 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5900 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15517 64421))
5901 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5902
5903 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5904 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5905
5906 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5907 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5908
5909 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5910
5911 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5912
5913 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5914 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5915
5916 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5917
5918 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5919 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5920
5921 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5922
5923 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5924 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5925 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5926 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5927
5928 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5929
5930 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5931 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5932 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5933 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5934
5935 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5936
5937 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5938 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5939 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5940 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5941
5942 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5943
5944 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5945 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5946 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5947 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5948
5949 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5950
5951 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5952 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5953 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5954 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5955 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5956 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5957
5958 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5959 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5960 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5961 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5962
5963 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5964
5965 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5966 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5967 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5968 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5969
5970 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5971
5972 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5973
5974 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5975 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5976 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5977 follows:
5978 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5979 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5980
5981 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5982 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5983 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5984 follows:
5985 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5986 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5987
5988 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5989 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
5990 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
5991 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
5992 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
5993 region.
5994 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5995 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5996
5997 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5998 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
5999 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6000 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6001 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6002 region.
6003 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
6004 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
6005 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
6006
6007 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
6008
6009 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
6010 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
6011
6012 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6013 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
6014
6015 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
6016
6017 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
6018 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
6019
6020 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6021 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
6022
6023 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
6024 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
6025 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6026 buffer." t nil)
6027
6028 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6029 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
6030 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6031 buffer." t nil)
6032
6033 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
6034 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
6035 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
6036 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
6037
6038 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
6039 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
6040 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
6041 and don't ask the user.
6042 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
6043 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
6044
6045 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
6046 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
6047 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
6048 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
6049 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
6050 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
6051
6052 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
6053
6054 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
6055
6056 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
6057 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
6058 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
6059 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
6060 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
6061
6062 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
6063
6064 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
6065 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
6066 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
6067
6068 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
6069 Display Ediff's manual.
6070 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
6071
6072 ;;;***
6073 \f
6074 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
6075 ;;;;;; (15425 28361))
6076 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
6077
6078 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
6079
6080 ;;;***
6081 \f
6082 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs) "ediff-hook"
6083 ;;;;;; "ediff-hook.el" (15561 31164))
6084 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
6085
6086 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
6087
6088 (autoload (quote ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs) "ediff-hook" nil nil (quote macro))
6089
6090 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
6091
6092 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
6093
6094 ;;;***
6095 \f
6096 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
6097 ;;;;;; (15517 64421))
6098 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
6099
6100 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
6101 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
6102
6103 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
6104
6105 ;;;***
6106 \f
6107 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
6108 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15549 60238))
6109 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
6110
6111 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
6112 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
6113 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
6114 which see." t nil)
6115
6116 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
6117 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
6118 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
6119 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
6120
6121 ;;;***
6122 \f
6123 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
6124 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
6125 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
6126 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
6127 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
6128
6129 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
6130 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
6131 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
6132
6133 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6134 Edit a keyboard macro.
6135 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
6136 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
6137 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
6138 its command name.
6139 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
6140
6141 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6142 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
6143
6144 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6145 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
6146
6147 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6148 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
6149 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
6150 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
6151 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
6152 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
6153
6154 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
6155 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
6156 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
6157 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
6158
6159 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6160 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
6161 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
6162 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
6163 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
6164 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6165
6166 ;;;***
6167 \f
6168 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6169 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15427 61507))
6170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6171
6172 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6173 Set scroll margins.
6174 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6175 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6176
6177 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6178 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6179
6180 ;;;***
6181 \f
6182 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6183 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
6184 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6185
6186 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6187 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6188 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6189 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6190 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6191 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6192 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6193 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6194
6195 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6196 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6197
6198 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6199 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6200 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6201 this value is non-nil.
6202
6203 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6204 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6205 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6206
6207 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6208 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6209 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6210
6211 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6212
6213 ;;;***
6214 \f
6215 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
6216 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15425 28363))
6217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6218
6219 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6220 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
6221
6222 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6223 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
6224 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6225
6226 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6227 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6228 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6229 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6230 from the documentation string if possible.
6231
6232 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6233 instead.
6234
6235 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
6236
6237 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6238 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6239
6240 ;;;***
6241 \f
6242 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15371
6243 ;;;;;; 46415))
6244 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6245
6246 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6247 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6248
6249 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6250 an elided material again.
6251
6252 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6253
6254 ;;;***
6255 \f
6256 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6257 ;;;;;; (15417 7421))
6258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6259
6260 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6261 Initialize elint." t nil)
6262
6263 ;;;***
6264 \f
6265 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6266 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15417
6267 ;;;;;; 7421))
6268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6269
6270 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6271 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6272 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6273
6274 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6275 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6276 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6277
6278 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6279 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6280 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6281
6282 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6283
6284 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6285 Display current profiling results.
6286 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6287 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6288 displayed." t nil)
6289
6290 ;;;***
6291 \f
6292 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6293 ;;;;;; (15517 64423))
6294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6295
6296 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6297 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6298 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6299
6300 ;;;***
6301 \f
6302 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6303 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6304 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6305 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6306 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15417 7388))
6307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6308
6309 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6310
6311 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6312
6313 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6314
6315 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6316
6317 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6318
6319 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6320
6321 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6322
6323 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6324
6325 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6326
6327 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6328 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6329
6330 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6331 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6332
6333 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6334 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6335
6336 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6337 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6338
6339 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6340
6341 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6342
6343 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6344
6345 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6346
6347 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6348 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6349
6350 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6351 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6352
6353 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6354
6355 ;;;***
6356 \f
6357 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6358 ;;;;;; (15542 65297))
6359 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6360
6361 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
6362 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
6363 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6364 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6365 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
6366
6367 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6368
6369 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
6370
6371 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6372 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6373 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6374
6375 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6376 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6377 automatically.
6378
6379 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6380 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6381 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." t nil)
6382
6383 ;;;***
6384 \f
6385 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6386 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15542 65290))
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6388
6389 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6390 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6391 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6392 text/enriched format.
6393 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6394
6395 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6396 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6397
6398 Commands:
6399
6400 \\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6401
6402 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6403
6404 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6405
6406 ;;;***
6407 \f
6408 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15472
6409 ;;;;;; 20892))
6410 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6411
6412 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6413 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6414
6415 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6416
6417 ;;;***
6418 \f
6419 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15472
6420 ;;;;;; 20892))
6421 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6422
6423 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6424 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6425
6426 ;;;***
6427 \f
6428 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6429 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15472 20892))
6430 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6431
6432 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6433 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6434 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6435 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6436 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6437 will begin. A new session is always created if the prefix
6438 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6439
6440 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6441 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6442 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6443
6444 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6445 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6446 The result might be any Lisp object.
6447 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6448 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6449 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6450
6451 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6452 Report a bug in Eshell.
6453 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6454 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6455
6456 ;;;***
6457 \f
6458 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6459 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6460 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6461 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6462 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6463 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6464 ;;;;;; (15544 37711))
6465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6466
6467 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6468 *File name of tags table.
6469 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6470 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6471 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6472 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6473
6474 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6475 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6476 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6477 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6478
6479 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6480 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6481 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6482 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6483 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6484 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6485
6486 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6487 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6488 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6489 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6490 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6491 `auto-compression-mode').")
6492
6493 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6494 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6495 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6496 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6497 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6498
6499 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6500 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6501 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6502 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6503
6504 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6505 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6506 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6507 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6508 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6509
6510 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6511 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6512 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6513 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6514
6515 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6516 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6517 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6518 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6519 file the tag was in." t nil)
6520
6521 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6522 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6523 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6524 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6525 without directory names." nil nil)
6526
6527 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6528 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6529 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6530 but does not select the buffer.
6531 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6532
6533 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6534 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6535 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6536 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6537 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6538
6539 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6540
6541 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6542 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6543 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6544
6545 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6546
6547 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6548 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6549 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6550 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6551
6552 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6553 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6554 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6555 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6556 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6557
6558 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6559
6560 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6561 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6562 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6563
6564 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6565 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6566
6567 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6568 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6569 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6570 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6571 around or before point.
6572
6573 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6574 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6575 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6576 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6577 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6578
6579 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6580
6581 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6582 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6583 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6584
6585 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6586 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6587
6588 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6589 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6590 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6591 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6592 around or before point.
6593
6594 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6595 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6596 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6597 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6598 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6599
6600 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6601
6602 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6603 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6604 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6605
6606 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6607 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6608
6609 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6610 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6611 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6612
6613 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6614 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6615 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6616 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6617 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6618
6619 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6620
6621 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6622 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6623 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6624
6625 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6626 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6627 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6628
6629 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6630 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6631
6632 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6633 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6634 where they were found." t nil)
6635
6636 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6637 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6638
6639 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6640 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6641 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6642
6643 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6644 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6645
6646 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6647 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6648
6649 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6650 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6651 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6652 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6653
6654 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6655 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6656 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6657 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6658 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6659 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6660
6661 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6662 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6663 Stops when a match is found.
6664 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6665
6666 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6667
6668 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6669 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
6670 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6671 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6672 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6673
6674 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6675
6676 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6677 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6678 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6679 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6680 directory specification." t nil)
6681
6682 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6683 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6684
6685 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6686 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6687 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6688 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6689
6690 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6691 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6692 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6693 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6694 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6695
6696 ;;;***
6697 \f
6698 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6699 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6700 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6701 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6702 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6703 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6704 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6705 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15400 1477))
6706 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6707
6708 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6709
6710 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6711 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6712 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6713 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6714
6715 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6716 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6717 language.
6718
6719 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6720 even if the buffer is read-only.
6721
6722 See also the descriptions of the variables
6723 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6724 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6725
6726 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6727 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6728
6729 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6730 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6731
6732 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6733 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6734 language.
6735
6736 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6737 buffer is read-only.
6738
6739 See also the descriptions of the variables
6740 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6741 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6742
6743 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6744 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6745 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6746
6747 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6748 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6749
6750 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6751 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6752
6753 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6754 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6755
6756 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6757 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6758 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6759 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6760
6761 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6762 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6763 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6764 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6765
6766 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6767 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6768 the primary language.
6769
6770 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6771 buffer is read-only.
6772
6773 See also the descriptions of the variables
6774 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6775 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6776
6777 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6778 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6779 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6780 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6781
6782 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6783 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6784 primary language.
6785
6786 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6787 buffer is read-only.
6788
6789 See also the descriptions of the variables
6790 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6791 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6792
6793 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6794 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6795 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6796
6797 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6798 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6799
6800 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6801 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6802 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6803 3) convert the body into SERA.
6804
6805 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6806
6807 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6808 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6809 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6810
6811 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6812 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6813
6814 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6815 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6816
6817 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6818 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6819 be 1, 2, or 3.
6820
6821 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6822 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6823 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6824
6825 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6826
6827 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6828 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6829
6830 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6831 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6832 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6833
6834 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6835 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6836
6837 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6838 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6839
6840 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6841 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6842
6843 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6844 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6845
6846 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6847 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6848
6849 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6850 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6851
6852 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6853 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6854
6855 ;;;***
6856 \f
6857 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6858 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6859 ;;;;;; (15441 20096))
6860 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6861
6862 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6863 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6864 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6865 server for future sessions." t nil)
6866
6867 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6868 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6869
6870 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6871 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6872
6873 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6874 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6875 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6876 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6877 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6878 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6879 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6880 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6881 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6882 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6883 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6884 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6885
6886 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6887 Display a form to query the directory server.
6888 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6889 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6890
6891 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6892 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6893 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6894
6895 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6896
6897 ;;;***
6898 \f
6899 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6900 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6901 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15441 20096))
6902 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6903
6904 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6905 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6906
6907 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6908 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6909
6910 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
6911 Display e-mail address and make it clickable." nil nil)
6912
6913 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6914 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6915
6916 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6917 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6918
6919 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6920 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6921
6922 ;;;***
6923 \f
6924 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6925 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15441 20096))
6926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6927
6928 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6929 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6930 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6931
6932 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6933 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6934
6935 ;;;***
6936 \f
6937 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6938 ;;;;;; (15441 20096))
6939 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6940
6941 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6942 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6943
6944 ;;;***
6945 \f
6946 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6947 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6948 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15371 46426))
6949 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6950
6951 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6952 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
6953 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6954
6955 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6956 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6957 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6958 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6959 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6960 executable." t nil)
6961
6962 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6963 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6964 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6965
6966 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6967 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6968 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6969 file modes." nil nil)
6970
6971 ;;;***
6972 \f
6973 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6974 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15391 60510))
6975 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6976
6977 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6978 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6979 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6980 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6981
6982 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6983
6984 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6985 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6986 to generate such functions.
6987
6988 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6989 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6990 beginning of the expanded text.
6991
6992 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6993 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6994 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6995 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6996
6997 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6998
6999 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
7000 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7001 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
7002
7003 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
7004 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7005 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
7006 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
7007 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
7008
7009 ;;;***
7010 \f
7011 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15561 31347))
7012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
7013
7014 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
7015 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
7016
7017 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
7018 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
7019 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
7020
7021 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
7022
7023 Key definitions:
7024 \\{f90-mode-map}
7025
7026 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7027
7028 `f90-do-indent'
7029 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7030 `f90-if-indent'
7031 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
7032 `f90-type-indent'
7033 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
7034 `f90-program-indent'
7035 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
7036 (default 2)
7037 `f90-continuation-indent'
7038 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
7039 `f90-comment-region'
7040 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
7041 region. (default \"!!!$\")
7042 `f90-indented-comment-re'
7043 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
7044 (default \"!\")
7045 `f90-directive-comment-re'
7046 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
7047 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
7048 `f90-break-delimiters'
7049 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
7050 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
7051 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
7052 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
7053 (default t)
7054 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
7055 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
7056 `f90-smart-end'
7057 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
7058 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
7059 whether to blink the matching beginning. (default 'blink)
7060 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
7061 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
7062 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
7063 `f90-leave-line-no'
7064 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
7065 `f90-keywords-re'
7066 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
7067
7068 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
7069 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7070
7071 ;;;***
7072 \f
7073 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color describe-text-at
7074 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
7075 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
7076 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
7077 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15557 64385))
7078 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
7079 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
7080 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
7081
7082 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
7083 Menu keymap for faces.")
7084
7085 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
7086
7087 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
7088 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
7089
7090 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
7091
7092 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
7093 Menu keymap for background colors.")
7094
7095 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
7096
7097 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
7098 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
7099
7100 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
7101
7102 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
7103 Submenu for text justification commands.")
7104
7105 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
7106
7107 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
7108 Submenu for indentation commands.")
7109
7110 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
7111
7112 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
7113 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
7114
7115 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
7116
7117 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Text") (quote describe-text-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
7118
7119 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
7120
7121 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
7122
7123 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
7124 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
7125 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
7126 will not show through at all will be removed.
7127
7128 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
7129
7130 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7131 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7132 requested face.
7133
7134 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7135 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7136 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7137
7138 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
7139 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7140 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7141
7142 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7143 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7144 requested face.
7145
7146 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7147 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7148 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7149
7150 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
7151 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7152 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7153
7154 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7155 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7156 requested face.
7157
7158 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7159 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7160 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7161
7162 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
7163 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
7164 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
7165 is the menu item's name.
7166
7167 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7168 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7169 requested face.
7170
7171 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7172 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7173 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7174
7175 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7176 Make the region invisible.
7177 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7178 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7179
7180 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7181 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7182 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7183 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7184
7185 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7186 Make the region unmodifiable.
7187 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7188 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7189
7190 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7191 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7192
7193 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7194 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7195
7196 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7197 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7198 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7199
7200 (autoload (quote describe-text-at) "facemenu" "\
7201 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS." t nil)
7202
7203 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7204 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7205
7206 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7207 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7208 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7209 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7210 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7211
7212 ;;;***
7213 \f
7214 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7215 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15391 60510))
7216 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7217
7218 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7219 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7220 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7221 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7222
7223 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7224
7225 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7226 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7227 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7228
7229 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7230 - When you save the file's buffer.
7231 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7232 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7233 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7234 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7235
7236 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7237
7238 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7239 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7240 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7241 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7242
7243 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7244 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7245
7246 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7247
7248 ;;;***
7249 \f
7250 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7251 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7252 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15441 20095))
7253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7254
7255 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7256 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7257 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7258 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7259
7260 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7261 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7262
7263 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7264 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7265 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7266 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7267
7268 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7269 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7270 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7271 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7272 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7273
7274 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7275 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7276 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7277 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7278 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7279 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7280 internally by feedmail):
7281
7282 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7283 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7284 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7285 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7286
7287 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7288 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7289 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7290 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7291 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7292
7293 ;;;***
7294 \f
7295 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7296 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15464 26323))
7297 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7298
7299 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7300 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7301 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7302 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7303 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7304 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7305 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7306
7307 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7308 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7309 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7310 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7311 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7312 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7313 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7314
7315 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7316 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
7317
7318 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7319 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7320 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7321 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7322 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7323 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7324
7325 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7326 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7327 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7328 Return value:
7329 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7330 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7331 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7334 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7335
7336 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7337 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7338
7339 ;;;***
7340 \f
7341 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7342 ;;;;;; (15391 60510))
7343 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7344
7345 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7346 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7347 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7348 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7349 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7350 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7351 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7352 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7353 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7354 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7355
7356 ;;;***
7357 \f
7358 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7359 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15561 31174))
7360 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7361
7362 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7363 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7364 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7365 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7366 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7367
7368 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7369 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7370 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7371 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7372
7373 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7374 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7375 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7376
7377 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7378
7379 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7380 as the final argument." t nil)
7381
7382 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7383 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7384 and run dired on those files.
7385 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7386 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7387
7388 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7389
7390 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7391 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
7392 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7393
7394 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
7395
7396 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7397
7398 ;;;***
7399 \f
7400 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7401 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7402 ;;;;;; (15561 31174))
7403 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7404
7405 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7406 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7407 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7408
7409 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7410
7411 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7412 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7413 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7414
7415 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7416 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7417
7418 Variables of interest include:
7419
7420 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7421 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7422 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7423
7424 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7425 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7426 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7427
7428 - `ff-ignore-include'
7429 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7430
7431 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7432 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7433
7434 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7435 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7436
7437 - `ff-special-constructs'
7438 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7439 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7440 extracting the filename from that construct.
7441
7442 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7443 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7444
7445 - `ff-search-directories'
7446 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7447 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7448
7449 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7450 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7451
7452 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7453 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7454
7455 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7456 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7457
7458 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7459 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7460
7461 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7462 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7463
7464 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7465 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7466
7467 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7468 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7469
7470 ;;;***
7471 \f
7472 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7473 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7474 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7475 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7476 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7477 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
7478 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7479
7480 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7481 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7482
7483 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7484 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7485 not selected.
7486
7487 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7488 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7489 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7490
7491 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7492 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7493
7494 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7495 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7496 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7497 it is one of the current buffers.
7498
7499 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7500 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7501 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7502
7503 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7504 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7505
7506 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7507
7508 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7509 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7510
7511 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7512
7513 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7514 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7515
7516 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7517 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7518 not selected.
7519
7520 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
7521 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7522
7523 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7524 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7525
7526 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7527 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7528 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7529 it is one of the current buffers.
7530
7531 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7532 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7533 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7534
7535 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7536 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7537
7538 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7539
7540 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7541 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7542
7543 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7544
7545 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7546 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7547 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7548
7549 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7550 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7551
7552 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7553 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7554
7555 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7556 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7557
7558 ;;;***
7559 \f
7560 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7561 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15371 46415))
7562 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7563
7564 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7565 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7566
7567 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7568 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7569
7570 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7571 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7572
7573 ;;;***
7574 \f
7575 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7576 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15518 17562))
7577 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7578
7579 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7580 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7581
7582 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7583 Display FILE's commentary section.
7584 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7585
7586 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7587 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7588
7589 ;;;***
7590 \f
7591 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7592 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15371 46415))
7593 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7594
7595 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7596 Toggle flow control handling.
7597 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7598 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7599
7600 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7601 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7602 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7603 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7604 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7605 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7606
7607 ;;;***
7608 \f
7609 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7610 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7611 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15478 22406))
7612 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7613
7614 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7615 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7616 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7617
7618 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7619 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7620
7621 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
7622
7623 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7624
7625 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7626 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7627 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7628 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7629 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7630 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7631
7632 Bindings:
7633 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7634 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7635 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7636
7637 Hooks:
7638 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
7639
7640 Remark:
7641 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7642 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7643 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7644
7645 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7646 consider adding:
7647 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7648 in your .emacs file.
7649
7650 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
7651 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7652
7653 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
7654
7655 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
7656 The flyspell version" t nil)
7657
7658 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7659 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7660
7661 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7662 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7663
7664 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7665 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7666
7667 ;;;***
7668 \f
7669 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7670 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7671 ;;;;;; (15441 20087))
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7673
7674 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7675 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7676
7677 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7678 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7679
7680 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7681 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7682
7683 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7684 of two major techniques:
7685
7686 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7687 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7688 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7689
7690 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7691 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7692 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7693 movement commands.
7694
7695 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7696 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7697 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7698 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7699 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7700 mileage may vary).
7701
7702 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7703 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7704
7705 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7706
7707 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7708 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7709 \(This is the default.)
7710
7711 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7712 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7713
7714 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7715 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7716
7717 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7718 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7719
7720 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7721 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7722 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7723 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7724 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7725 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7726
7727 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7728 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7729 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7730
7731 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7732 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7733 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7734
7735 ;;;***
7736 \f
7737 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7738 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7739 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15533 28772))
7740 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7741
7742 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7743
7744 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7745 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7746 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7747 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7748 Lock on.
7749 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7750
7751 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7752
7753 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7754 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7755 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7756 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7757
7758 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7759 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7760
7761 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7762 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7763
7764 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7765
7766 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7767 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7768 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7769
7770 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7771
7772 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7773 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7774 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7775 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7776 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7777 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7778
7779 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7780 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7781
7782 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7783 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7784
7785 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7786 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7787 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7788
7789 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7790 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7791
7792 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7793 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7794 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7795
7796 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7797 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7798 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7799
7800 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7801 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7802
7803 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7804 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7805 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7806 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7807 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7808 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7809 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7810 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7811 end of the current highlighting list.
7812
7813 For example:
7814
7815 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7816 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7817 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7818
7819 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7820 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7821
7822 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7823 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7824 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7825
7826 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7827 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7828 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7829
7830 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7831 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7832
7833 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7834 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7835
7836 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7837 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7838 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7839
7840 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7841 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7842 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7843 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7844 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7845
7846 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7847
7848 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7849
7850 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7851 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7852 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7853 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7854 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7855
7856 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7857 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7858
7859 ;;;***
7860 \f
7861 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7862 ;;;;;; (15417 7424))
7863 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7864
7865 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7866 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7867 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7868 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7869 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7870
7871 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7872 compatibility.
7873
7874 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7875 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7876
7877 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7878
7879 ;;;***
7880 \f
7881 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15400
7882 ;;;;;; 1477))
7883 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7884
7885 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7886 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7887 \\<message-mode-map>
7888 key binding
7889 --- -------
7890
7891 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7892 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7893 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7894 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7895 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7896 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7897 " t nil)
7898
7899 ;;;***
7900 \f
7901 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7902 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15371 46415))
7903 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7904
7905 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7906 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7907
7908 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7909 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7910 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7911 C-c < forms-first-record <
7912 C-c > forms-last-record >
7913 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7914 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7915 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7916 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7917 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7918 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7919 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7920 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7921 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7922 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7923 " t nil)
7924
7925 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7926 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7927
7928 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7929 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7930
7931 ;;;***
7932 \f
7933 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7934 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15557 64405))
7935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7936
7937 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7938 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7939 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7940 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7941 with a character in column 6.")
7942
7943 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7944 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7945 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7946 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7947
7948 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7949 Fortran keywords.
7950
7951 Key definitions:
7952 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7953
7954 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7955
7956 `comment-start'
7957 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7958 set this to the string \"!\".
7959 `fortran-do-indent'
7960 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7961 `fortran-if-indent'
7962 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7963 `fortran-structure-indent'
7964 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7965 (default 3)
7966 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7967 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7968 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7969 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7970 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7971 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7972 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7973 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7974 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7975 (for TAB format continuation style).
7976 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7977 indentation for a line of code.
7978 (default 'fixed)
7979 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7980 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7981 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7982 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7983 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7984 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7985 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7986 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7987 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7988 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7989 column 5. (default 1)
7990 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7991 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7992 statements. (default nil)
7993 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7994 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7995 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7996 statement. (default nil)
7997 `fortran-continuation-string'
7998 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7999 line. (default \"$\")
8000 `fortran-comment-region'
8001 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
8002 region. (default \"c$$$\")
8003 `fortran-electric-line-number'
8004 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
8005 as typed. (default t)
8006 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
8007 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
8008 (default t)
8009
8010 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
8011 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8012
8013 ;;;***
8014 \f
8015 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
8016 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15371 46425))
8017 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
8018
8019 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
8020 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
8021
8022 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8023 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8024
8025 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
8026 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
8027
8028 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8029 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8030
8031 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
8032 Compile fortune file.
8033
8034 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
8035 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
8036
8037 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
8038 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
8039
8040 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8041 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8042 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8043 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8044
8045 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
8046 Display a fortune cookie.
8047
8048 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8049 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8050 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8051 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8052
8053 ;;;***
8054 \f
8055 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
8056 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
8057 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
8058
8059 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
8060 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
8061
8062 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
8063 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
8064
8065 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
8066 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
8067 function.
8068
8069 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
8070 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
8071 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
8072 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
8073 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
8074 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
8075
8076 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
8077 Each keyword should be a string.
8078
8079 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
8080 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
8081
8082 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
8083 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
8084 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
8085
8086 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
8087
8088 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
8089
8090 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
8091 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
8092 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
8093 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
8094
8095 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
8096 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
8097
8098 ;;;***
8099 \f
8100 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
8101 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
8102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
8103
8104 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
8105 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
8106 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
8107 at places they belong to." t nil)
8108
8109 ;;;***
8110 \f
8111 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
8112 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15417 7423))
8113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
8114
8115 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
8116 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
8117
8118 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
8119 Read network news.
8120 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8121 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
8122 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8123 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
8124 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
8125
8126 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
8127 Read news as a slave." t nil)
8128
8129 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
8130 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
8131
8132 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
8133 Read network news.
8134 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8135 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8136 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
8137
8138 ;;;***
8139 \f
8140 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
8141 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
8142 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
8144
8145 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8146 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
8147
8148 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8149 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
8150
8151 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
8152 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
8153 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
8154 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
8155
8156 \(gnus-agentize)
8157
8158 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
8159 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
8160 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
8161
8162 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
8163 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
8164
8165 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
8166
8167 ;;;***
8168 \f
8169 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
8170 ;;;;;; (15478 22405))
8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
8172
8173 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
8174 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8175
8176 ;;;***
8177 \f
8178 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8179 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8181
8182 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8183 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8184
8185 ;;;***
8186 \f
8187 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8188 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15371
8189 ;;;;;; 46421))
8190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8191
8192 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8193 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8194
8195 Usage:
8196 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8197
8198 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8199 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8200
8201 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8202 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8203
8204 ;;;***
8205 \f
8206 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8207 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15533 28774))
8208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8209
8210 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8211 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8212 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8213
8214 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8215 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8216
8217 ;;;***
8218 \f
8219 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8220 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8222
8223 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8224
8225 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8226 Run batched scoring.
8227 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8228
8229 ;;;***
8230 \f
8231 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8232 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15371 46421))
8233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8234
8235 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8236
8237 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8238 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8239
8240 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8241
8242 ;;;***
8243 \f
8244 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8245 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8246 ;;;;;; (15400 1475))
8247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8248
8249 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8250 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8251 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8252 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8253 group parameters.
8254
8255 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8256 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8257 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8258 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8259
8260 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8261 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8262 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8263 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8264 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8265 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8266 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8267 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8268 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8269 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8270
8271 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8272 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8273 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8274
8275 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8276 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8277
8278 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8279 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8280 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8281
8282 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8283
8284 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8285 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8286 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8287
8288 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8289
8290 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8291 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8292 existing groups are considered.
8293
8294 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8295 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8296 returned.
8297
8298 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8299 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8300 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8301 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8302 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8303 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8304 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8305 clauses will be generated.
8306
8307 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8308 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8309 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8310 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8311 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8312 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8313
8314 For example, given the following group parameters:
8315
8316 nnml:mail.bar:
8317 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8318 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8319 nnml:mail.foo:
8320 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8321 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8322 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8323 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8324 nnml:mail.others:
8325 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8326
8327 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8328
8329 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8330 \"mail.bar\")
8331 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8332 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8333 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8334
8335 ;;;***
8336 \f
8337 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8338 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8340
8341 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8342 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8343 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8344
8345 ;;;***
8346 \f
8347 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15472
8348 ;;;;;; 20892))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8350
8351 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8352 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8353 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8354 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8355
8356 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8357
8358 ;;;***
8359 \f
8360 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8361 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8363
8364 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8365 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8366 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8367 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8368 part is ignored.
8369
8370 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8371 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8372 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8373
8374 ;;;***
8375 \f
8376 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8377 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8379
8380 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8381 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8382 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8383 for matching on group names.
8384
8385 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8386 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8387
8388 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8389
8390 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8391
8392 ;;;***
8393 \f
8394 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8395 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8396 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8397
8398 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8399 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8400
8401 ;;;***
8402 \f
8403 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8404 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15517 64423))
8405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8406
8407 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8408 Unload all Gnus features.
8409 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8410 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8411 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8412
8413 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8414 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8415
8416 ;;;***
8417 \f
8418 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8419 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
8420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8421
8422 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8423 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8424
8425 ;;;***
8426 \f
8427 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15517 64423))
8428 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8429
8430 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8431 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8432
8433 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8434 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8435 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8436
8437 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8438 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8439 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8440
8441 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8442 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8443
8444 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
8445 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
8446
8447 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8448
8449 ;;;***
8450 \f
8451 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8452 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15371 46424))
8453 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8454
8455 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8456 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8457 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8458 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8459 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8460
8461 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8462 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8463 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8464 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8465 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8466
8467 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8468 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8469 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8470 or to send e-mail.
8471 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8472
8473 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8474 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8475
8476 ;;;***
8477 \f
8478 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15371 46415))
8479 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8480
8481 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8482 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8483 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8484 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8485 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8486
8487 ;;;***
8488 \f
8489 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8490 ;;;;;; (15525 27358))
8491 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8492
8493 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8494 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8495 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8496 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8497
8498 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8499 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8500 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8501 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8502
8503 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8504 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8505 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8506 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8507
8508 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8509 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8510 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8511 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8512
8513 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8514 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8515
8516 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8517 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8518 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8519 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8520
8521 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8522 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8523 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8524 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8525
8526 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8527 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
8528 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
8529 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
8530 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
8531
8532 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
8533 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
8534 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
8535 original source file access method.
8536
8537 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
8538 gud, see `gud-mode'." t nil)
8539 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8540
8541 ;;;***
8542 \f
8543 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15371
8544 ;;;;;; 46425))
8545 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8546
8547 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8548 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8549 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8550 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8551
8552 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8553 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8554 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8555 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8556
8557 ;;;***
8558 \f
8559 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8560 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
8561 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8562
8563 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8564 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8565
8566 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8567 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8568 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8569 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8570
8571 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8572
8573 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8574 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8575 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8576 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8577 to be updated." t nil)
8578
8579 ;;;***
8580 \f
8581 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
8582 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
8583 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15533 28772))
8584 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
8585
8586 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
8587 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8588 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8589 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8590 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8591 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8592
8593 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
8594 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8595 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library'
8596 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8597 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
8598 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8599
8600 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8601 is used instead of `load-path'.
8602
8603 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8604 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8605 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8606
8607 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
8608 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8609
8610 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" nil nil nil)
8611
8612 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
8613 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8614 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8615
8616 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
8617 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8618 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8619 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8620 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8621
8622 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
8623 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
8624 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
8625 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer." t nil)
8626
8627 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
8628 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
8629 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed." t nil)
8630
8631 ;;;***
8632 \f
8633 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8634 ;;;;;; (15371 46415))
8635 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8636
8637 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8638 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8639 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8640 and window listing and describing the options.
8641 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8642 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8643
8644 ;;;***
8645 \f
8646 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8647 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8648 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15427 61501))
8649 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8650
8651 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8652 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8653 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8654 Commands:
8655 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8656
8657 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8658
8659 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8660
8661 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8662 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8663
8664 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8665 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8666 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8667 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
8668
8669 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
8670 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
8671 restore it properly when going back." nil nil)
8672
8673 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8674 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8675
8676 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if
8677 `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by
8678 `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection
8679 with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...'
8680 and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding
8681 word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8682
8683 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8684 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8685 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8686 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8687
8688 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8689 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8690 that." t nil)
8691
8692 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8693 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8694 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8695 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8696 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8697 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8698
8699 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8700 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8701 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8702 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8703 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8704
8705 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8706 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8707
8708 ;;;***
8709 \f
8710 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8711 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15371 46419))
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8713
8714 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8715 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8716
8717 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8718 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8719
8720 ;;;***
8721 \f
8722 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8723 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15505 59086))
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8725
8726 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8727 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8728 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8729 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8730 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8731
8732 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8733 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8734
8735 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8736 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8737 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8738 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8739
8740 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8741 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8742 periods.
8743
8744 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8745 in hexl format.
8746
8747 A sample format:
8748
8749 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8750 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8751 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8752 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8753 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8754 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8755 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8756 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8757 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8758 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8759 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8760 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8761 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8762 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8763 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8764
8765 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8766 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8767 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8768
8769 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8770 also supported.
8771
8772 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8773
8774 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8775 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8776 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8777
8778 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8779 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8780 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8781
8782 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8783 into the buffer at the current point.
8784
8785 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8786 into the buffer at the current point.
8787
8788 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8789 into the buffer at the current point.
8790
8791 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8792
8793 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8794 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8795
8796 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8797
8798 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8799
8800 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8801 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8802 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8803
8804 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8805 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8806 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8807
8808 ;;;***
8809 \f
8810 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8811 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8812 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15455
8813 ;;;;;; 18398))
8814 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8815
8816 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8817
8818 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8819 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8820
8821 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8822
8823 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8824
8825 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8826 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8827
8828 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8829 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8830 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8831 which can be called interactively, are:
8832
8833 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8834 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8835
8836 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8837 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8838 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8839 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8840
8841 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8842 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8843
8844 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8845 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8846
8847 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8848 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8849 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8850 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8851 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8852 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8853
8854 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8855 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8856
8857 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8858 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8859 Hi-lock: FOO
8860 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8861 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8862 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8863 will be read until
8864 Hi-lock: end
8865 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8866
8867 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8868
8869 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8870 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8871
8872 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8873 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8874 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8875 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8876
8877 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8878
8879 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8880 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8881
8882 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8883 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8884 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8885 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8886
8887 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8888
8889 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8890 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8891
8892 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8893 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8894
8895 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8896
8897 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8898 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8899
8900 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8901 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8902 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8903 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8904 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8905
8906 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8907 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8908
8909 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8910 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8911 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8912
8913 ;;;***
8914 \f
8915 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8916 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15505 59091))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8918
8919 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8920 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8921 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8922 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8923 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8924 how the hiding is done:
8925
8926 `hide-ifdef-env'
8927 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8928 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8929 is used.
8930
8931 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
8932 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8933 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8934 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8935 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8936
8937 `hide-ifdef-lines'
8938 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8939 #endif lines when hiding.
8940
8941 `hide-ifdef-initially'
8942 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8943 is activated.
8944
8945 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
8946 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8947 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8948
8949 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8950
8951 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8952 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8953
8954 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8955 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8956
8957 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8958 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8959
8960 ;;;***
8961 \f
8962 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8963 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15542 65299))
8964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8965
8966 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8967 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8968
8969 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8970 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8971 Each element has the form
8972 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8973
8974 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8975 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8976
8977 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8978 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8979
8980 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8981 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8982 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8983 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8984 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8985
8986 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8987 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8988
8989 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8990 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8991
8992 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8993 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8994 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8995
8996 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8997 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8998 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8999 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
9000 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
9001 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
9002
9003 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
9004 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
9005 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
9006
9007 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
9008 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
9009
9010 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
9011
9012 Key bindings:
9013 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
9014
9015 ;;;***
9016 \f
9017 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
9018 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
9019 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
9020 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15557 64386))
9021 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
9022
9023 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
9024
9025 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
9026 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
9027 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
9028
9029 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
9030 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
9031
9032 Without an argument:
9033 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
9034 or passive state as determined by the variable
9035 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
9036 and passive state.
9037
9038 With an argument ARG:
9039 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
9040 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
9041 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
9042
9043 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
9044 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
9045 not displayed in a different face.
9046
9047 Functions:
9048 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
9049 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
9050 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
9051 buffer with the contents of a file
9052 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
9053 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
9054 various faces.
9055
9056 Hook variables:
9057 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
9058 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
9059 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9060
9061 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9062 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9063
9064 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9065 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9066
9067 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
9068 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
9069
9070 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
9071 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
9072 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
9073 shown in the last face in the list.
9074
9075 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
9076 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
9077 buffer to be saved):
9078
9079 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
9080
9081 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
9082 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
9083
9084 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
9085 and must not be read-only.
9086
9087 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
9088 this function is called interactively.
9089
9090 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
9091 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
9092 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
9093
9094 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
9095 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
9096 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
9097
9098 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
9099 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
9100
9101 When called interactively:
9102 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
9103 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
9104 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
9105 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
9106
9107 When called from a program:
9108 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
9109 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
9110 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
9111 - otherwise just turn it on
9112
9113 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
9114 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
9115 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
9116 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
9117
9118 ;;;***
9119 \f
9120 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
9121 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
9122 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
9123 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
9124 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15400 1472))
9125 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
9126
9127 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
9128 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
9129 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
9130 or insert functions in this list.")
9131
9132 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
9133 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
9134
9135 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
9136 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
9137
9138 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
9139 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
9140
9141 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
9142 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
9143
9144 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
9145 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
9146 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
9147
9148 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
9149 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
9150 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9151 \(as atoms)")
9152
9153 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
9154 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
9155 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9156 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
9157 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
9158
9159 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
9160 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
9161 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
9162 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
9163 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
9164 expansions.
9165 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
9166 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
9167 undoes the expansion." t nil)
9168
9169 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
9170 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
9171 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
9172 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
9173
9174 ;;;***
9175 \f
9176 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
9177 ;;;;;; (15522 14844))
9178 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
9179
9180 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9181 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
9182 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9183 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
9184 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
9185
9186 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
9187 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
9188 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9189 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9190 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9191
9192 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9193
9194 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9195
9196 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9197 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9198 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9199 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9200 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9201
9202 ;;;***
9203 \f
9204 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9205 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9207
9208 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9209 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9210 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9211
9212 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9213
9214 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9215 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9216
9217 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9218 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9219
9220 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9221
9222 ;;;***
9223 \f
9224 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9225 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15371 46425))
9226 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9227
9228 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9229 This function is obsolete.
9230 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9231 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9232
9233 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9234 This function is obsolete.
9235 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9236 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9237
9238 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9239 This function is obsolete.
9240 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9241 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9242
9243 ;;;***
9244 \f
9245 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
9246 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
9247 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
9248 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
9249 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
9250 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
9251 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
9252 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
9253 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
9254 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
9255 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
9256 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
9257 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
9258 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank ibuffer-kill-line
9259 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group ibuffer-clear-filter-groups
9260 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
9261 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
9262 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
9263 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
9264 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
9265 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (15561 31179))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
9267
9268 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9269 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
9270 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
9271
9272 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9273 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse." t nil)
9274
9275 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9276 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point." t nil)
9277
9278 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9279 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse." t nil)
9280
9281 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9282 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line." t nil)
9283
9284 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9285 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9286
9287 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9288 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9289 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
9290 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9291 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
9292 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9293 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9294 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
9295 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
9296 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9297 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9298 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9299 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
9300
9301 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" nil nil nil)
9302
9303 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9304 Make the current filters into a filtering group." t nil)
9305
9306 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9307 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode." t nil)
9308
9309 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9310 Remove the first filtering group." t nil)
9311
9312 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9313 Remove all filtering groups." t nil)
9314
9315 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9316 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME." t nil)
9317
9318 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9319 Delete the filtering group named NAME." t nil)
9320
9321 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" nil t nil)
9322
9323 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" nil t nil)
9324
9325 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9326 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
9327 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
9328 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9329
9330 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9331 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
9332 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'." t nil)
9333
9334 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9335 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
9336 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
9337 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9338 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9339
9340 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
9341 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer." t nil)
9342
9343 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9344 Remove the top filter in this buffer." t nil)
9345
9346 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9347 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
9348
9349 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
9350 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
9351 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]." t nil)
9352
9353 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9354 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer." t nil)
9355
9356 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9357 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer." t nil)
9358
9359 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9360 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
9361 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
9362 filter into parts." t nil)
9363
9364 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9365 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9366 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9367
9368 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9369 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'." t nil)
9370
9371 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9372 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters." t nil)
9373
9374 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9375 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9376 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9377 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9378 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9379 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9380 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
9381 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
9382 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
9383 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
9384 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
9385
9386 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9387 Toggle the current sorting mode.
9388 Default sorting modes are:
9389 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
9390 Name - the name of the buffer
9391 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
9392 Size - the size of the buffer" t nil)
9393
9394 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
9395 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order." t nil)
9396 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9397 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9398 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
9399 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
9400
9401 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9402 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package." t nil)
9403
9404 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
9405 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
9406 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
9407 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9408
9409 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9410 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
9411 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
9412 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9413
9414 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9415 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9416
9417 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9418 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
9419
9420 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
9421 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards." t nil)
9422
9423 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9424 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9425
9426 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9427 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'." t nil)
9428
9429 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
9430 Hide all of the currently marked lines." t nil)
9431
9432 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
9433 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME." t nil)
9434
9435 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
9436 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
9437 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'." t nil)
9438
9439 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
9440 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
9441 The names are separated by a space.
9442 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
9443 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file.
9444
9445 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y.
9446
9447 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the
9448 `dired-copy-filename-as-kill' in \"dired-x\". ]" t nil)
9449
9450 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9451 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9452
9453 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9454 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP." t nil)
9455
9456 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9457 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9458
9459 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9460 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE." t nil)
9461
9462 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9463 Mark all modified buffers." t nil)
9464
9465 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9466 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file." t nil)
9467
9468 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9469 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist." t nil)
9470
9471 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9472 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*." t nil)
9473
9474 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9475 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days." t nil)
9476
9477 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9478 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'." t nil)
9479
9480 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9481 Mark all read-only buffers." t nil)
9482
9483 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9484 Mark all `dired' buffers." t nil)
9485
9486 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
9487 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
9488 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
9489 defaults to one." t nil)
9490
9491 ;;;***
9492 \f
9493 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
9494 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15561
9495 ;;;;;; 31179))
9496 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
9497
9498 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
9499 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
9500
9501 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
9502 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The current buffer
9503 will be `buffer'.
9504
9505 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
9506 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
9507 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
9508 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
9509 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
9510 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
9511
9512 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
9513 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
9514 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
9515 change its definition, you should explicitly call
9516 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'." nil (quote macro))
9517
9518 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9519 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
9520 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
9521 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
9522 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
9523
9524 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
9525 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
9526 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'." nil (quote macro))
9527
9528 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
9529 Generate a function named `ibuffer-do-OP', which operates on a buffer.
9530 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
9531 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
9532
9533 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
9534 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
9535 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
9536 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
9537 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
9538 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
9539 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
9540 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
9541 values are:
9542 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
9543 t - the function it always modifies buffers
9544 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
9545 buffer's modification flag.
9546 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
9547 prompted before performing this operation.
9548 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
9549 operation is complete, in the form:
9550 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
9551 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
9552 confirmation message, in the form:
9553 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
9554 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
9555 macro for exactly what it does." nil (quote macro))
9556
9557 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9558 Define a filter named NAME.
9559 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
9560 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
9561 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
9562
9563 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
9564 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
9565 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
9566 bound to the current value of the filter." nil (quote macro))
9567
9568 ;;;***
9569 \f
9570 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
9571 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15561 31180))
9572 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
9573
9574 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
9575 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
9576 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9577 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9578
9579 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
9580 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
9581 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9582 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9583
9584 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
9585 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
9586 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
9587
9588 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
9589 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
9590 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
9591 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
9592 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
9593 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
9594 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
9595 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
9596 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
9597 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'." t nil)
9598
9599 ;;;***
9600 \f
9601 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9602 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15484 11830))
9603 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9604
9605 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9606 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9607 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9608
9609 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9610 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9611 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9612
9613 ;;;***
9614 \f
9615 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15371 46426))
9616 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9617
9618 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9619 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9620 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9621 Tab indents for Icon code.
9622 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9623 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9624 \\{icon-mode-map}
9625 Variables controlling indentation style:
9626 icon-tab-always-indent
9627 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9628 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9629 icon-auto-newline
9630 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9631 inserted in Icon code.
9632 icon-indent-level
9633 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9634 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9635 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9636 icon-continued-statement-offset
9637 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9638 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9639 icon-continued-brace-offset
9640 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9641 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9642 icon-brace-offset
9643 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9644 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9645 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9646 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9647
9648 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9649 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9650
9651 ;;;***
9652 \f
9653 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9654 ;;;;;; (15472 20893))
9655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9656
9657 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9658 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9659 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9660 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9661
9662 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9663 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9664 separate frames.
9665
9666 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
9667
9668 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9669 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9670 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9671
9672 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9673
9674 ;;;***
9675 \f
9676 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9677 ;;;;;; (15472 20893))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9679
9680 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9681 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9682
9683 The main features of this mode are
9684
9685 1. Indentation and Formatting
9686 --------------------------
9687 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9688 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9689
9690 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
9691 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
9692 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
9693 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9694
9695 Comments are indented as follows:
9696
9697 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9698 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9699 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9700
9701 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9702
9703 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
9704 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
9705 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
9706 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
9707 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
9708
9709 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9710 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
9711 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9712
9713 2. Routine Info
9714 ------------
9715 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
9716 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
9717 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
9718 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
9719 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
9720 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9721 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9722
9723 3. Online IDL Help
9724 ---------------
9725 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9726 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9727 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9728 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9729 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9730
9731 4. Completion
9732 ----------
9733 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9734 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9735 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9736 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9737 mixed or upper case.
9738
9739 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9740 --------------------------------
9741 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9742 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9743
9744 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9745 \\fu FUNCTION template
9746 \\c CASE statement template
9747 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9748 \\f FOR loop template
9749 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9750 \\w WHILE loop template
9751 \\i IF statement template
9752 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9753 \\b BEGIN
9754
9755 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9756 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9757
9758 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9759 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9760 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9761
9762 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9763 -------------------------
9764 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9765 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9766
9767 7. Automatic END completion
9768 ------------------------
9769 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9770 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9771
9772 8. Hooks
9773 -----
9774 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9775 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9776
9777 9. Documentation and Customization
9778 -------------------------------
9779 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9780 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9781 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9782 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9783 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9784
9785 10.Keybindings
9786 -----------
9787 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9788 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9789 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9790
9791 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9792
9793 ;;;***
9794 \f
9795 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15483 47733))
9796 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9797 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9798
9799 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9800 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9801 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9802
9803 ;;;***
9804 \f
9805 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9806 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9807 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15505 59086))
9808 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9809
9810 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9811 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9812 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9813 be determined." nil nil)
9814
9815 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9816 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9817 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9818 be determined." nil nil)
9819
9820 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9821 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9822 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9823
9824 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9825 Create an image.
9826 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9827 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9828 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9829 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9830 use its file extension as image type.
9831 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9832 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9833 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9834 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9835
9836 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9837 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9838 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9839 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9840 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9841 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9842 POS may be an integer or marker.
9843 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9844 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9845 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9846 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9847
9848 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9849 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9850 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9851 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9852 defaulted if you omit it.
9853 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9854 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9855 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9856 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9857
9858 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9859 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9860 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9861 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9862
9863 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9864 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9865
9866 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9867
9868 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9869 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9870 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9871 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9872 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9873 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9874 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9875 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9876 satisfied.
9877
9878 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9879
9880 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9881 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9882
9883 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9884 documentation string.
9885
9886 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9887 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9888 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9889 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9890 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9891 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9892 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9893 define SYMBOL.
9894
9895 Example:
9896
9897 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9898 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9899
9900 ;;;***
9901 \f
9902 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9903 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9904 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15425 28362))
9905 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9906
9907 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
9908 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9909 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9910 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9911
9912 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9913 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9914 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9915 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9916
9917 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9918 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9919 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9920 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9921
9922 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9923 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9924 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9925 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
9926
9927 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9928 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9929
9930 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9931 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9932 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9933 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9934
9935 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9936 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9937 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9938 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9939 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9940
9941 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9942
9943 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9944
9945 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9946 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9947 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9948 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9949
9950 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9951 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9952 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9953
9954 ;;;***
9955 \f
9956 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9957 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15517 64421))
9958 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9959
9960 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9961 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9962
9963 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9964
9965 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9966 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9967 in the buffer.
9968
9969 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9970
9971 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9972 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9973 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9974
9975 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9976 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9977
9978 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9979 to create a buffer index.
9980
9981 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9982 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9983 or like this:
9984 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9985 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9986 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9987 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9988 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9989
9990 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9991 entries are not nested.
9992
9993 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9994 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9995 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9996 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9997
9998 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9999 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
10000
10001 The variable is buffer-local.
10002
10003 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
10004 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
10005 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
10006
10007 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
10008 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
10009 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
10010 during matching.")
10011
10012 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
10013
10014 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
10015 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
10016
10017 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
10018 of the current buffer as an alist.
10019
10020 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
10021 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
10022 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
10023 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
10024 if it is a sub-alist.
10025
10026 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
10027
10028 The variable is buffer-local.")
10029
10030 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
10031
10032 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
10033 Function for finding the next index position.
10034
10035 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
10036 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
10037 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
10038 file.
10039
10040 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
10041 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
10042
10043 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10044
10045 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
10046
10047 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
10048 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
10049
10050 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
10051 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
10052 It should return the name for that index item.
10053
10054 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10055
10056 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
10057
10058 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
10059 Function to compare string with index item.
10060
10061 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
10062 non-nil if they match.
10063
10064 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
10065 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
10066 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
10067 arguments match\".
10068
10069 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10070
10071 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
10072
10073 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
10074 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
10075 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
10076
10077 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
10078
10079 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
10080
10081 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
10082
10083 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
10084 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
10085 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
10086 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
10087
10088 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
10089 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
10090
10091 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
10092
10093 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
10094 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
10095 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
10096 for more information." t nil)
10097
10098 ;;;***
10099 \f
10100 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
10101 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
10102 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15400 1477))
10103 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
10104
10105 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
10106 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. " t nil)
10107
10108 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10109
10110 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10111
10112 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10113
10114 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
10115 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
10116 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
10117 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
10118 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'." nil nil)
10119
10120 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
10121 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
10122 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
10123 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
10124 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'." nil nil)
10125
10126 ;;;***
10127 \f
10128 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
10129 ;;;;;; (15400 1480))
10130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
10131
10132 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
10133 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
10134 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
10135 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
10136 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
10137
10138 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
10139 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
10140
10141 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
10142 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
10143 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
10144 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
10145 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
10146 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
10147 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
10148 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
10149
10150 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
10151 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
10152 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
10153 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
10154 Inferior Lisp buffer.
10155
10156 This variable is only used if the variable
10157 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
10158
10159 More precise choices:
10160 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
10161 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
10162 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
10163
10164 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
10165
10166 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
10167 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
10168
10169 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
10170 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
10171 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
10172 to that buffer.
10173 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
10174 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
10175 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
10176 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
10177 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
10178
10179 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
10180
10181 ;;;***
10182 \f
10183 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
10184 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
10185 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15533 28772))
10186 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
10187
10188 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
10189 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
10190 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
10191
10192 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
10193 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
10194 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
10195 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
10196 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
10197 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
10198
10199 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
10200 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
10201
10202 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
10203 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
10204 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
10205
10206 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
10207 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
10208 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
10209 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
10210
10211 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
10212 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
10213
10214 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
10215 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
10216 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10217 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10218 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10219
10220 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
10221 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
10222 KEY is a string.
10223 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
10224 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10225 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10226 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10227
10228 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
10229 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
10230 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
10231
10232 ;;;***
10233 \f
10234 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
10235 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
10236 ;;;;;; (15444 42462))
10237 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
10238
10239 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
10240 Throw away all cached data.
10241 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
10242 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
10243 system." t nil)
10244
10245 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
10246 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
10247 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
10248 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
10249 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10250 The default symbol is the one found at point.
10251
10252 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
10253
10254 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
10255 Display the documentation of a file.
10256 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
10257 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
10258 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10259 The default file name is the one found at point.
10260
10261 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
10262
10263 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
10264 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
10265
10266 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
10267 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
10268
10269 ;;;***
10270 \f
10271 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
10272 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15371 46416))
10273 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
10274
10275 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
10276 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
10277
10278 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
10279 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
10280 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
10281
10282 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
10283 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
10284 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
10285
10286 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
10287 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
10288 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
10289 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
10290
10291 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
10292 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
10293 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
10294
10295 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
10296 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
10297 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
10298 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
10299 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
10300
10301 ;;;***
10302 \f
10303 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
10304 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
10305 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
10306 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
10307
10308 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10309 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
10310
10311 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10312 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
10313
10314 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
10315
10316 ;;;***
10317 \f
10318 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
10319 ;;;;;; (15542 65297))
10320 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
10321
10322 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
10323 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
10324 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
10325 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
10326 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
10327 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
10328
10329 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
10330 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
10331
10332 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
10333 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
10334 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
10335 \"s gives German sharp s.
10336 /a gives a with ring.
10337 /e gives an a-e ligature.
10338 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
10339 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
10340 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
10341
10342 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
10343 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
10344
10345 ;;;***
10346 \f
10347 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
10348 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
10349 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
10350 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15371 46423))
10351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
10352
10353 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
10354 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
10355 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10356 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10357
10358 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
10359 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
10360 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10361 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10362
10363 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
10364 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
10365 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10366 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10367
10368 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10369 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10370 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10371 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10372
10373 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10374 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10375 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10376 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10377
10378 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
10379 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10380 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10381 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10382
10383 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
10384 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10385 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10386 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10387
10388 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
10389 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
10390 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10391 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10392
10393 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10394 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10395 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10396 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10397
10398 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10399 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
10400
10401 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10402 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
10403
10404 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
10405 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
10406
10407 ;;;***
10408 \f
10409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
10410 ;;;;;; (15417 7424))
10411 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
10412 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
10413 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
10414 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
10415
10416 ;;;***
10417 \f
10418 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
10419 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
10420 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
10421 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
10422 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
10423 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15472 20893))
10424 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
10425
10426 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
10427 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
10428
10429 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
10430 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
10431 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
10432 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
10433
10434 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
10435 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
10436 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
10437
10438 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
10439
10440 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
10441
10442 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
10443
10444 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
10445
10446 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
10447
10448 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
10449
10450 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
10451 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
10452
10453 Each element of this list is also a list:
10454
10455 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
10456 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
10457
10458 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
10459 nil means the default dictionary.
10460
10461 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
10462 word.
10463
10464 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
10465
10466 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
10467 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
10468 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
10469 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
10470 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
10471 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
10472 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
10473 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
10474 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
10475
10476 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
10477 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
10478 single word.
10479
10480 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
10481 subprocess.
10482
10483 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
10484 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
10485 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
10486 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
10487 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
10488 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
10489 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
10490 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
10491
10492 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
10493
10494 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
10495 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
10496 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
10497
10498 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
10499 Key map for ispell menu.")
10500
10501 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
10502 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
10503 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
10504 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
10505
10506 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
10507
10508 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
10509
10510 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
10511
10512 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
10513
10514 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
10515
10516 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
10517 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
10518 The alist key must be a regular expression.
10519 Valid forms include:
10520 (KEY) - just skip the key.
10521 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
10522 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
10523 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
10524
10525 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
10526 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
10527 First list is used raw.
10528 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
10529
10530 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
10531 for skipping in latex mode.")
10532
10533 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
10534
10535 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
10536 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
10537 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
10538 in a window allowing you to choose one.
10539
10540 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
10541 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
10542 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
10543 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
10544 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
10545
10546 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
10547 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
10548
10549 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
10550
10551 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
10552 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
10553
10554 return values:
10555 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
10556 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
10557 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
10558 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
10559 quit spell session exited." t nil)
10560
10561 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
10562 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
10563 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
10564
10565 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
10566 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
10567
10568 Selections are:
10569
10570 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10571 SPC: Accept word this time.
10572 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10573 `a': Accept word for this session.
10574 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10575 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10576 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10577 `?': Show these commands.
10578 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10579 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10580 the aborted check to be completed later.
10581 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10582 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10583 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10584 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10585 `C-l': redraws screen
10586 `C-r': recursive edit
10587 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10588
10589 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10590 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10591 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10592
10593 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10594 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10595 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10596
10597 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10598
10599 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10600
10601 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10602 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10603 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10604 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10605
10606 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10607 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10608
10609 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10610 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10611
10612 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10613 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10614
10615 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10616 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
10617 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10618 sequence inside of a word.
10619
10620 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10621
10622 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10623 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10624
10625 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10626 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10627 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10628 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10629
10630 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10631 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10632 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10633 available on the net." t nil)
10634
10635 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10636 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10637 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10638
10639 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10640 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10641
10642 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10643 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10644
10645 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10646 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10647 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10648 Don't check included messages.
10649
10650 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10651 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10652 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10653
10654 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10655 in your .emacs file:
10656 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10657 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10658 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10659 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10660
10661 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10662 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10663 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10664
10665 ;;;***
10666 \f
10667 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10668 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10669 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15548 17734))
10670 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10671
10672 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10673 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10674 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10675 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10676 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10677 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10678
10679 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10680 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10681 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10682 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10683
10684 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10685
10686 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10687 Switch to another buffer.
10688
10689 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10690 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10691 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10692 in another frame.
10693 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10694
10695 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10696 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10697 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10698 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10699
10700 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10701 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10702 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10703 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10704
10705 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10706 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10707 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10708 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10709
10710 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10711 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
10712 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10714 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10715
10716 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10717
10718 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10719
10720 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10721 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10722 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10723 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10724 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10725
10726 ;;;***
10727 \f
10728 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
10729 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
10730 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
10731 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15371 46423))
10732 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
10733
10734 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
10735
10736 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
10737 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
10738 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10739 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10740 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
10741 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
10742 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
10743 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
10744
10745 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
10746 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
10747 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10748 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10749
10750 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
10751 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
10752 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10753 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10754 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
10755
10756 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
10757 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
10758 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10759 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10760
10761 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
10762 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
10763 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
10764 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
10765
10766 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
10767 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
10768
10769 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10770 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
10771 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10772 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10773 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
10774
10775 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10776 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
10777 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10778 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10779 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
10780
10781 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
10782 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10783 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
10784
10785 ;;;***
10786 \f
10787 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15391
10788 ;;;;;; 60517))
10789 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10790
10791 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10792 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10793 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10794 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10795 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10796
10797 ;;;***
10798 \f
10799 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10800 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15417 7402))
10801 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10802
10803 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10804 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10805 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10807 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10808
10809 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10810
10811 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10812
10813 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10814 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10815 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10816 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10817
10818 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10819 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10820
10821 ;;;***
10822 \f
10823 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10824 ;;;;;; (15371 46423))
10825 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10826
10827 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10828 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10829 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10830
10831 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10832 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10833 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10834 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10835 shorter.
10836
10837 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10838 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10839 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10840
10841 ;;;***
10842 \f
10843 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15371
10844 ;;;;;; 46423))
10845 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10846
10847 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10848 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10849 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10850 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10851 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10852 positions that contains the current selection.")
10853
10854 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10855 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10856 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10857 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10858 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10859 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10860 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10861
10862 ;;;***
10863 \f
10864 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10865 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15371 46423))
10866 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10867
10868 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10869 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10870 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10871
10872 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10873
10874 ;;;***
10875 \f
10876 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10877 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
10878 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10879
10880 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10881
10882 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10883 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10884
10885 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10886
10887 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10888 Start or resume an Lm game.
10889 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10890 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10891
10892 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10893 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10894 none / 1 | yes | no
10895 2 | yes | yes
10896 3 | no | yes
10897 4 | no | no
10898
10899 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10900 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10901 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10902
10903 ;;;***
10904 \f
10905 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
10906 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
10907 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15391
10908 ;;;;;; 60703))
10909 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10910
10911 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10912
10913 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10914 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10915 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10916 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10917 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10918 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10919
10920 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10921 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10922
10923 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10924 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10925
10926 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10927
10928 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10929 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10930 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10931 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10932 to compose.
10933
10934 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10935
10936 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10937
10938 ;;;***
10939 \f
10940 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
10941 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15391 60562))
10942 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10943
10944 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10945 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10946 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10947 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10948 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10949 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10950 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10951 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10952
10953 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
10954 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
10955
10956 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10957 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10958
10959 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10960
10961 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10962
10963 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10964 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10965 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10966 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10967 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
10968 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
10969 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
10970 a Unicode font with which to display them." nil nil)
10971
10972 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
10973 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
10974 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
10975 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
10976
10977 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10978 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10979
10980 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
10981
10982 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
10983
10984 ;;;***
10985 \f
10986 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10987 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15517 64421))
10988 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10989
10990 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10991 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10992 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10993 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10994
10995 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10996
10997 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
10998 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
10999 JIT Lock's favor.
11000
11001 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
11002
11003 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
11004 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
11005 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
11006 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
11007 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
11008 for large buffers.
11009
11010 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
11011 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
11012 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
11013 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
11014 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
11015
11016 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
11017 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
11018 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
11019 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
11020 slow to keep up with your typing.
11021
11022 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
11023 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
11024 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
11025 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
11026 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
11027 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
11028
11029 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
11030 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
11031 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
11032 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
11033
11034 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
11035 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
11036 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
11037 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
11038
11039 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
11040 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
11041 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
11042 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
11043 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
11044
11045 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
11046 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
11047
11048 ;;;***
11049 \f
11050 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
11051 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
11052 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
11053
11054 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
11055 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
11056
11057 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
11058 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
11059
11060 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
11061 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
11062
11063 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
11064 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
11065 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
11066 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
11067 for later transmission to Lisp job.
11068 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
11069 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
11070 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
11071 and transmit saved text.
11072 \\{ledit-mode-map}
11073 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
11074 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
11075
11076 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
11077
11078 ;;;***
11079 \f
11080 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15371 46425))
11081 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
11082
11083 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
11084 Run Conway's Life simulation.
11085 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
11086 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
11087 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
11088
11089 ;;;***
11090 \f
11091 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15371
11092 ;;;;;; 46415))
11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
11094
11095 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
11096 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
11097 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
11098 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
11099
11100 ;;;***
11101 \f
11102 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
11103 ;;;;;; (15417 7408))
11104 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
11105
11106 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
11107 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
11108 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
11109
11110 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
11111 Run the locate command with a filter.
11112
11113 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
11114 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
11115
11116 ;;;***
11117 \f
11118 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15371 46415))
11119 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
11120
11121 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
11122 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
11123 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
11124 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
11125 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
11126 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
11127 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
11128 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
11129 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
11130 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
11131 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
11132 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
11133 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
11134
11135 ;;;***
11136 \f
11137 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15417
11138 ;;;;;; 7408))
11139 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
11140
11141 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
11142 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
11143
11144 ;;;***
11145 \f
11146 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
11147 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15371
11148 ;;;;;; 46416))
11149 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
11150
11151 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
11152
11153 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
11154
11155 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
11156 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
11157 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
11158
11159 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
11160 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
11161
11162 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
11163 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
11164 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
11165 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
11166 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
11167 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
11168 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
11169
11170 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
11171 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
11172 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
11173 switch on this list.
11174 See `lpr-command'.")
11175
11176 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
11177 *Name of program for printing a file.
11178
11179 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
11180 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
11181 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
11182 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
11183 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
11184 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
11185 argument.")
11186
11187 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
11188 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
11189 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11190 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11191
11192 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
11193 Paginate and print buffer contents.
11194
11195 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11196 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11197 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11198 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11199
11200 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11201 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11202
11203 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11204 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11205
11206 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
11207 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
11208 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11209 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11210
11211 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
11212 Paginate and print the region contents.
11213
11214 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11215 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11216 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11217 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11218
11219 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11220 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11221
11222 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11223 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11224
11225 ;;;***
11226 \f
11227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15417 7408))
11228 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
11229
11230 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
11231
11232 ;;;***
11233 \f
11234 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15371
11235 ;;;;;; 46418))
11236 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
11237
11238 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
11239 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
11240 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11241
11242 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
11243
11244 ;;;***
11245 \f
11246 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15371
11247 ;;;;;; 46426))
11248 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
11249
11250 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
11251 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
11252 \\{m4-mode-map}
11253 " t nil)
11254
11255 ;;;***
11256 \f
11257 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
11258 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15371 46416))
11259 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
11260
11261 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11262 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
11263 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
11264 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
11265 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
11266
11267 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11268 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
11269 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
11270 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
11271
11272 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
11273 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
11274 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
11275 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
11276 bindings.
11277
11278 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
11279 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
11280
11281 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
11282 Query user during kbd macro execution.
11283 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
11284 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
11285 each time the macro executes.
11286 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
11287 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
11288 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
11289 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
11290 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
11291 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
11292 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
11293
11294 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
11295 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
11296 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
11297
11298 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
11299 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
11300 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
11301 execute.
11302
11303 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
11304 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
11305
11306 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
11307 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
11308 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
11309 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
11310 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
11311
11312 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
11313 looked like this:
11314
11315 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
11316 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
11317 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
11318
11319 You could enter the names in this format:
11320
11321 foo
11322 bar
11323 baz
11324
11325 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
11326
11327 \\C-x (
11328 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
11329 \\C-x )
11330
11331 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
11332 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
11333 " t nil)
11334 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
11335
11336 ;;;***
11337 \f
11338 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
11339 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15371 46424))
11340 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
11341
11342 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
11343 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
11344 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
11345 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
11346
11347 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
11348 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
11349 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
11350 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
11351 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
11352
11353 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
11354 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
11355 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
11356 consing a string.)" nil nil)
11357
11358 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
11359 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
11360
11361 ;;;***
11362 \f
11363 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
11364 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
11365 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
11366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
11367
11368 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
11369 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
11370
11371 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
11372
11373 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
11374 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
11375
11376 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
11377 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
11378 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
11379 message.
11380
11381 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
11382
11383 ;;;***
11384 \f
11385 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
11386 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
11387 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15517
11388 ;;;;;; 64423))
11389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
11390
11391 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
11392 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
11393 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
11394 often correct parser.")
11395
11396 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
11397
11398 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11399 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
11400 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11401 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11402
11403 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11404 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
11405 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11406 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11407
11408 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
11409 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
11410 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11411 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
11412
11413 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
11414 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
11415 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
11416 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
11417 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
11418 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
11419
11420 ;;;***
11421 \f
11422 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
11423 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15557 64401))
11424 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
11425
11426 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
11427 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
11428
11429 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
11430 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
11431 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
11432
11433 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
11434 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
11435 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
11436
11437 ;;;***
11438 \f
11439 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
11440 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15371
11441 ;;;;;; 46424))
11442 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
11443
11444 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
11445 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
11446 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11447 king@grassland.com
11448 If `parens', they look like:
11449 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11450 If `angles', they look like:
11451 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
11452
11453 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
11454 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
11455 If interactive, expand in header fields.
11456 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
11457 their `Resent-' variants.
11458
11459 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
11460 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
11461
11462 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
11463 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
11464 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
11465
11466 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
11467 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
11468 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
11469 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
11470
11471 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
11472 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
11473 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
11474 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
11475
11476 ;;;***
11477 \f
11478 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
11479 ;;;;;; (15391 60717))
11480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
11481
11482 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
11483 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
11484 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
11485
11486 \\{makefile-mode-map}
11487
11488 In the browser, use the following keys:
11489
11490 \\{makefile-browser-map}
11491
11492 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
11493
11494 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
11495 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
11496
11497 `makefile-target-colon':
11498 The string that gets appended to all target names
11499 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
11500 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
11501
11502 `makefile-macro-assign':
11503 The string that gets appended to all macro names
11504 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
11505 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
11506 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
11507 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
11508 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
11509
11510 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
11511 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
11512 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
11513
11514 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
11515 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
11516
11517 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
11518 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
11519 up or down in the browser.
11520
11521 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
11522 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
11523
11524 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
11525 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
11526
11527 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
11528 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
11529 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
11530 has been selected in the browser.
11531
11532 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
11533 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
11534 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
11535 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
11536 filenames are omitted.
11537
11538 `makefile-cleanup-continuations-p':
11539 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
11540 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
11541 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
11542 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
11543 the backslash itself intact.
11544 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
11545 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
11546
11547 `makefile-browser-hook':
11548 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
11549 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
11550
11551 `makefile-special-targets-list':
11552 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
11553 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
11554 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
11555
11556 ;;;***
11557 \f
11558 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (15371
11559 ;;;;;; 46416))
11560 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
11561
11562 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
11563 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
11564 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
11565
11566 ;;;***
11567 \f
11568 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15427 61506))
11569 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
11570
11571 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
11572
11573 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
11574 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
11575 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
11576 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
11577 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
11578 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
11579 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
11580
11581 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
11582 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
11583 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
11584 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
11585
11586 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
11587 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
11588
11589 ;;;***
11590 \f
11591 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15417 7408))
11592 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
11593
11594 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
11595 Toggle Master mode.
11596 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
11597 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
11598 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
11599
11600 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
11601 following commands:
11602
11603 \\{master-mode-map}
11604
11605 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
11606 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
11607 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil)
11608
11609 ;;;***
11610 \f
11611 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
11612 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
11613 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
11614 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
11615 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
11616 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
11617 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
11618 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
11619 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
11620 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15533 28774))
11621 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
11622
11623 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
11624 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
11625
11626 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
11627 king@grassland.com
11628 If `parens', they look like:
11629 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11630 If `angles', they look like:
11631 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11632
11633 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
11634 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
11635
11636 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
11637 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
11638
11639 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
11640 *Local news organization file.")
11641
11642 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
11643 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11644 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
11645 variable `mail-header-separator'.
11646
11647 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
11648 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
11649 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
11650
11651 See also `send-mail-function'.")
11652
11653 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
11654 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
11655
11656 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
11657 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
11658
11659 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
11660 *Function for citing an original message.
11661 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
11662 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
11663 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
11664
11665 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
11666 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
11667 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
11668 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
11669 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
11670
11671 (defvar message-signature t "\
11672 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
11673 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
11674 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
11675 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
11676
11677 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
11678 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
11679 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
11680 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
11681
11682 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11683
11684 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
11685 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
11686 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
11687 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
11688 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
11689 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11690 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
11691 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
11692 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
11693 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
11694 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
11695 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
11696 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
11697 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
11698 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
11699 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
11700 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
11701 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
11702 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
11703 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
11704 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
11705 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
11706 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
11707 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
11708 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
11709
11710 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
11711 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11712 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
11713
11714 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
11715 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11716
11717 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
11718 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
11719
11720 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
11721 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
11722
11723 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
11724 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
11725 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
11726
11727 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
11728 Cancel an article you posted.
11729 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
11730
11731 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
11732 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
11733 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
11734 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
11735
11736 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
11737 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
11738
11739 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
11740 Forward the current message via mail.
11741 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
11742 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
11743
11744 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11745
11746 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11747
11748 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
11749 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
11750
11751 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
11752 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
11753
11754 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
11755 Re-mail the current message.
11756 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
11757 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
11758 you." t nil)
11759
11760 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
11761 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11762
11763 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
11764 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11765
11766 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
11767 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11768
11769 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
11770 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11771
11772 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
11773 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
11774 Works by overstriking characters.
11775 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11776 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11777
11778 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
11779 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
11780 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11781 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11782
11783 ;;;***
11784 \f
11785 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
11786 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
11787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
11788
11789 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11790 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
11791 Special commands:
11792 \\{meta-mode-map}
11793
11794 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
11795 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11796
11797 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11798 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
11799 Special commands:
11800 \\{meta-mode-map}
11801
11802 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
11803 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11804
11805 ;;;***
11806 \f
11807 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
11808 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
11809 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
11810 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
11811
11812 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
11813 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11814 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11815
11816 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
11817 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11818 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11819 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11820 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11821 redisplayed as output is inserted.
11822 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11823
11824 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
11825 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
11826 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11827 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11828 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11829 means current).
11830 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11831 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11832
11833 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
11834 Process current region through 'metamail'.
11835 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11836 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11837 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11838 means current).
11839 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11840 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11841
11842 ;;;***
11843 \f
11844 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11845 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15400 1477))
11846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11847
11848 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11849 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11850 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11851 to the MH mail system.
11852
11853 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11854
11855 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11856 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11857 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11858 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11859 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11860 that want to create a mail buffer.
11861 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11862
11863 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11864 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11865 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11866 to the MH mail system.
11867
11868 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11869
11870 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11871 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11872 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11873 using the MH mail handling system.
11874 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11875 messages.
11876
11877 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11878
11879 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11880
11881 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11882 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11883 the yanked message.
11884
11885 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11886 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11887 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11888 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11889 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11890
11891 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11892 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11893 inserted in a draft letter.
11894
11895 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11896 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11897
11898 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11899
11900 ;;;***
11901 \f
11902 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15400
11903 ;;;;;; 1477))
11904 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11905
11906 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11907 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11908 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11909 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11910
11911 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11912 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11913
11914 ;;;***
11915 \f
11916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15371 46424))
11917 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11918
11919 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11920 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
11921
11922 ;;;***
11923 \f
11924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15417 7424))
11925 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
11926
11927 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11928
11929 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11930
11931 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11932
11933 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11934
11935 ;;;***
11936 \f
11937 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
11938 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15371 46416))
11939 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
11940
11941 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
11942 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
11943 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
11944 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
11945 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
11946 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
11947 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
11948 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
11949 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
11950 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
11951 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
11952
11953 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
11954 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
11955 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
11956 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
11957
11958 ;;;***
11959 \f
11960 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
11961 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15391 60519))
11962 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
11963
11964 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
11965 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
11966 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11967 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11968 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
11969
11970 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11971
11972 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
11973
11974 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
11975 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
11976 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
11977 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11978 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11979 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11980 default indication.
11981
11982 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11983 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11984
11985 ;;;***
11986 \f
11987 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11988 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
11989 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11990
11991 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11992 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11993 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11994 the entire message.
11995 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11996
11997 ;;;***
11998 \f
11999 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
12000 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
12001 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
12002
12003 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
12004 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
12005
12006 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
12007 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
12008
12009 ;;;***
12010 \f
12011 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
12012 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
12013 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
12014
12015 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
12016 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
12017 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
12018 followed by the first character of the construct.
12019 \\<m2-mode-map>
12020 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
12021 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
12022 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
12023 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
12024 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
12025 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
12026 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
12027 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
12028 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
12029 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
12030 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
12031 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
12032 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
12033 \\[m2-link] link
12034
12035 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
12036 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
12037 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
12038
12039 ;;;***
12040 \f
12041 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
12042 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
12043 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
12044
12045 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
12046 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
12047
12048 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
12049 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
12050
12051 ;;;***
12052 \f
12053 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15391
12054 ;;;;;; 60519))
12055 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
12056
12057 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
12058 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
12059 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12060 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
12061
12062 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
12063
12064 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
12065
12066 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
12067
12068 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
12069 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
12070 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
12071 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
12072 Triple-clicking selects lines.
12073 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
12074
12075 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
12076 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
12077 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
12078 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
12079 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
12080
12081 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
12082 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
12083
12084 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
12085 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
12086
12087 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
12088
12089 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
12090 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
12091 primary selection and region." t nil)
12092
12093 ;;;***
12094 \f
12095 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15505 59091))
12096 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
12097
12098 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
12099 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
12100
12101 ;;;***
12102 \f
12103 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15400 1473))
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
12105
12106 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
12107 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
12108 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12109 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12110 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
12111
12112 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12113
12114 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
12115
12116 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
12117 Toggle Msb mode.
12118 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12119 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
12120 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
12121
12122 ;;;***
12123 \f
12124 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
12125 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
12126 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
12127 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
12128 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
12129 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15557 64400))
12130 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
12131
12132 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
12133 Display a list of all character sets.
12134
12135 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
12136 internal Emacs use.
12137
12138 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
12139 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
12140 hexadecimal digits.
12141 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
12142 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
12143
12144 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
12145 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
12146 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
12147 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
12148
12149 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12150 but still shows the full information." t nil)
12151
12152 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
12153 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
12154 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
12155 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
12156 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
12157
12158 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
12159 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
12160 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
12161 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
12162 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
12163
12164 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
12165 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
12166 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
12167 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
12168 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'." t nil)
12169
12170 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
12171 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET." t nil)
12172
12173 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
12174 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
12175 POS defaults to point.
12176 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
12177 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
12178 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
12179
12180 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12181 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
12182
12183 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
12184 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
12185
12186 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
12187 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
12188 in place of `..':
12189 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12190 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12191 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
12192 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
12193 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
12194 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
12195 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12196 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12197 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12198 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12199 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12200 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12201 `default-process-coding-system' for read
12202 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
12203 `default-process-coding-system' for write
12204 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
12205
12206 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12207 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
12208
12209 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
12210 Display a list of all coding systems.
12211 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
12212
12213 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12214 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
12215
12216 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
12217 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
12218
12219 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
12220 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
12221
12222 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
12223 Display information about FONTSET.
12224 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
12225
12226 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
12227 Display a list of all fontsets.
12228 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
12229 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
12230 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
12231
12232 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
12233 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
12234
12235 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
12236 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
12237
12238 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
12239 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
12240 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
12241 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
12242
12243 ;;;***
12244 \f
12245 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
12246 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
12247 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
12248 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
12249 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
12250 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
12251 ;;;;;; (15400 1476))
12252 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
12253
12254 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
12255 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
12256 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
12257
12258 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
12259 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
12260
12261 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
12262 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
12263
12264 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
12265 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
12266
12267 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
12268 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
12269 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
12270 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
12271 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
12272
12273 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
12274 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
12275 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
12276 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
12277 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
12278
12279 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
12280 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
12281
12282 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
12283
12284 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
12285 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
12286
12287 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
12288 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
12289 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
12290
12291 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
12292 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
12293 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
12294
12295 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12296 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
12297 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
12298 is considered.
12299 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
12300 longer than KEYSEQ.
12301 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
12302
12303 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12304 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
12305 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
12306 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
12307 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
12308 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
12309 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
12310 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
12311 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
12312 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
12313 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
12314
12315 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
12316 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
12317
12318 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12319 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property." nil nil)
12320
12321 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12322 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property." nil nil)
12323
12324 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
12325 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property." nil nil)
12326
12327 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
12328 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property." nil nil)
12329
12330 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
12331 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
12332 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
12333 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
12334
12335 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
12336 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
12337 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
12338 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
12339
12340 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
12341 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
12342 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
12343 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
12344
12345 ;;;***
12346 \f
12347 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
12348 ;;;;;; (15522 14844))
12349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
12350
12351 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
12352 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
12353 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12354 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12355 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
12356
12357 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12358
12359 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
12360
12361 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
12362 Toggle mouse wheel support.
12363 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12364 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12365
12366 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
12367 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
12368
12369 ;;;***
12370 \f
12371 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
12372 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
12373 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
12374 ;;;;;; (15425 28364))
12375 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
12376
12377 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
12378 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
12379
12380 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
12381 Ping HOST.
12382 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
12383 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
12384
12385 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
12386 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
12387
12388 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
12389
12390 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
12391 Run netstat program." t nil)
12392
12393 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
12394 Run the arp program." t nil)
12395
12396 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
12397 Run the route program." t nil)
12398
12399 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
12400 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
12401
12402 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
12403 Run nslookup program." t nil)
12404
12405 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
12406 Run dig program." t nil)
12407
12408 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
12409 Run ftp program." t nil)
12410
12411 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
12412 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
12413
12414 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
12415 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
12416 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
12417 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
12418
12419 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
12420
12421 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
12422 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
12423
12424 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
12425 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
12426
12427 ;;;***
12428 \f
12429 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
12430 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
12431 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
12432 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
12433 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (15542 65292))
12434 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
12435
12436 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
12437
12438 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
12439
12440 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
12441
12442 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
12443
12444 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
12445
12446 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
12447 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
12448 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
12449 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
12450 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
12451 not to go beyond `fill-column'.")
12452
12453 (defvar comment-start nil "\
12454 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
12455
12456 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
12457 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
12458 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
12459 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
12460
12461 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
12462 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
12463
12464 (defvar comment-end "" "\
12465 *String to insert to end a new comment.
12466 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
12467
12468 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
12469 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
12470 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
12471 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
12472 column indentation or nil.
12473 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
12474
12475 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
12476 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
12477 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
12478
12479 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
12480 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
12481 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
12482 of the corresponding number of spaces.
12483
12484 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
12485 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
12486
12487 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
12488 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
12489 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
12490
12491 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil)
12492
12493 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
12494 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
12495
12496 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
12497 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
12498 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
12499
12500 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
12501 Set the comment column based on point.
12502 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
12503 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
12504 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
12505 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
12506
12507 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
12508 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
12509 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
12510
12511 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12512 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
12513 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
12514 comment markers." t nil)
12515
12516 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
12517 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
12518 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
12519 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
12520 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
12521 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
12522 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
12523 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
12524
12525 The strings used as comment starts are built from
12526 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
12527
12528 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
12529 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
12530 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
12531 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
12532 case it calls `uncomment-region').
12533 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
12534 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
12535 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
12536
12537 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
12538 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
12539 This indents the body of the continued comment
12540 under the previous comment line.
12541
12542 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
12543 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
12544 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
12545
12546 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
12547 or comment indentation.
12548
12549 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
12550 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
12551
12552 ;;;***
12553 \f
12554 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15371
12555 ;;;;;; 46420))
12556 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
12557
12558 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
12559 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
12560 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
12561 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
12562 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
12563 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
12564
12565 ;;;***
12566 \f
12567 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
12568 ;;;;;; (15544 37709))
12569 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
12570
12571 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
12572 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
12573 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
12574
12575 ;;;***
12576 \f
12577 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
12578 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
12579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
12580
12581 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
12582 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
12583 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
12584
12585 ;;;***
12586 \f
12587 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
12588 ;;;;;; (15542 65296))
12589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
12590
12591 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
12592 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
12593
12594 ;;;***
12595 \f
12596 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
12597 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15371 46421))
12598 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
12599
12600 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
12601 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
12602
12603 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12604 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
12605
12606 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12607 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
12608
12609 ;;;***
12610 \f
12611 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
12612 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15517 64422))
12613 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
12614
12615 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
12616 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
12617 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
12618
12619 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
12620
12621 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
12622 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
12623 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12624 to future sessions." t nil)
12625
12626 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
12627 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
12628 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12629 to future sessions." t nil)
12630
12631 ;;;***
12632 \f
12633 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
12634 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
12635 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
12636
12637 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
12638 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
12639 \\{nroff-mode-map}
12640 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
12641 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
12642 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
12643
12644 ;;;***
12645 \f
12646 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
12647 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
12648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
12649
12650 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
12651 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
12652 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
12653 specified by `octave-help-files'.
12654 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
12655
12656 ;;;***
12657 \f
12658 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
12659 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
12660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
12661
12662 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
12663 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
12664 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
12665
12666 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
12667
12668 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
12669 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
12670
12671 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
12672 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
12673 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
12674
12675 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
12676
12677 ;;;***
12678 \f
12679 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
12680 ;;;;;; (15417 7451))
12681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
12682
12683 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
12684 Major mode for editing Octave code.
12685
12686 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
12687 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
12688 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
12689 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
12690
12691 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
12692 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
12693 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
12694 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
12695 is why you need this mode!).
12696
12697 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
12698 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
12699 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
12700
12701 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
12702
12703 Keybindings
12704 ===========
12705
12706 \\{octave-mode-map}
12707
12708 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
12709 ==============================================
12710
12711 octave-auto-indent
12712 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
12713 Default is nil.
12714
12715 octave-auto-newline
12716 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
12717 Default is nil.
12718
12719 octave-blink-matching-block
12720 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
12721 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
12722
12723 octave-block-offset
12724 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
12725 Default is 2.
12726
12727 octave-continuation-offset
12728 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
12729 Default is 4.
12730
12731 octave-continuation-string
12732 String used for Octave continuation lines.
12733 Default is a backslash.
12734
12735 octave-mode-startup-message
12736 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
12737 Default is t.
12738
12739 octave-send-echo-input
12740 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
12741 command to the inferior Octave process.
12742
12743 octave-send-line-auto-forward
12744 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
12745 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
12746
12747 octave-send-echo-input
12748 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
12749
12750 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
12751
12752 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
12753 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
12754
12755 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
12756 (setq auto-mode-alist
12757 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
12758
12759 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
12760 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
12761
12762 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
12763 (lambda ()
12764 (abbrev-mode 1)
12765 (auto-fill-mode 1)
12766 (if (eq window-system 'x)
12767 (font-lock-mode 1))))
12768
12769 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
12770 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
12771 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
12772 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
12773
12774 ;;;***
12775 \f
12776 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
12777 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
12778 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
12779
12780 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
12781 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
12782 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
12783
12784 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
12785 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
12786 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
12787 in which there are commands to set the option values.
12788 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
12789
12790 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
12791
12792 ;;;***
12793 \f
12794 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
12795 ;;;;;; (15391 60719))
12796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
12797
12798 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
12799 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
12800 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
12801 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
12802
12803 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
12804 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
12805 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
12806 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
12807
12808 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
12809 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
12810 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
12811 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
12812 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
12813 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
12814
12815 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
12816 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
12817
12818 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
12819 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
12820 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
12821 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
12822 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
12823 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
12824 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
12825 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
12826 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
12827 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
12828 The subheadings remain visible.
12829 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
12830
12831 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
12832 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
12833 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
12834
12835 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
12836 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
12837
12838 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
12839 Toggle Outline minor mode.
12840 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12841 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12842
12843 ;;;***
12844 \f
12845 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15505 59086))
12846 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12847
12848 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12849 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12850 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12852 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
12853
12854 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12855
12856 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12857
12858 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12859 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12860 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12861 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12862
12863 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12864 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12865
12866 ;;;***
12867 \f
12868 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15465
12869 ;;;;;; 50527))
12870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12871
12872 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12873 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12874 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12875
12876 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12877 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12878
12879 Other useful functions are:
12880
12881 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12882 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12883 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12884 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12885 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12886 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12887 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12888 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12889 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12890
12891 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12892
12893 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12894 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12895 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12896 Indentation for case statements.
12897 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12898 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12899 mark after an end.
12900 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12901 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12902 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12903 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12904 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12905 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12906 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12907 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12908 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12909 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12910
12911 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12912 pascal-separator-keywords.
12913
12914 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12915 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12916
12917 ;;;***
12918 \f
12919 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
12920 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
12921 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
12922
12923 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
12924 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
12925 The keys affected are:
12926 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
12927 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
12928 M-Backspace does undo.
12929 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
12930 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
12931 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
12932
12933 ;;;***
12934 \f
12935 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
12936 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15517 64422))
12937 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
12938
12939 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12940 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
12941 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12943 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
12944
12945 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12946
12947 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12948
12949 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
12950 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
12951
12952 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12953
12954 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
12955 which modify the status of the mark.
12956
12957 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
12958 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
12959
12960 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
12961 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
12962
12963 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
12964 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
12965 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
12966 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
12967 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
12968
12969 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
12970 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
12971
12972 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
12973 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
12974 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
12975
12976 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
12977 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
12978 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
12979
12980 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
12981 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
12982
12983 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
12984 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
12985 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
12986
12987 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
12988 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
12989 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
12990
12991 F6 other-window
12992 DELETE delete-char
12993 C-DELETE kill-line
12994 M-DELETE kill-word
12995 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
12996 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
12997 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
12998
12999 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
13000 Toggle PC Selection mode.
13001 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
13002 and cursor movement commands.
13003 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13004 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
13005
13006 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13007
13008 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13009
13010 ;;;***
13011 \f
13012 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15371
13013 ;;;;;; 46418))
13014 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
13015
13016 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
13017 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
13018
13019 ;;;***
13020 \f
13021 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
13022 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15371 46418))
13023 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
13024
13025 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13026 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
13027
13028 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13029 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
13030
13031 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13032 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
13033
13034 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13035 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
13036
13037 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13038
13039 ;;;***
13040 \f
13041 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
13042 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15371 46418))
13043 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
13044
13045 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13046 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
13047
13048 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13049 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
13050
13051 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13052 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
13053
13054 ;;;***
13055 \f
13056 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15371
13057 ;;;;;; 46418))
13058 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
13059
13060 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
13061 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
13062 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
13063 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
13064 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
13065 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
13066
13067 ;;;***
13068 \f
13069 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
13070 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
13071 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15371 46418))
13072 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
13073
13074 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13075 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
13076
13077 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
13078
13079 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13080 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
13081
13082 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13083 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
13084
13085 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13086 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
13087
13088 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13089
13090 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13091 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
13092
13093 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13094 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
13095
13096 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13097 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
13098
13099 ;;;***
13100 \f
13101 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
13102 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
13103 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15505
13104 ;;;;;; 59086))
13105 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
13106
13107 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
13108 Support extensible programmable completion.
13109 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
13110 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
13111
13112 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
13113 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
13114
13115 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
13116 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13117 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13118
13119 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
13120 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
13121
13122 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
13123 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13124 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13125
13126 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
13127 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
13128
13129 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
13130 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
13131
13132 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13133 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
13134 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
13135 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
13136 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
13137
13138 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13139 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
13140
13141 ;;;***
13142 \f
13143 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
13144 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
13145 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15533 36788))
13146 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
13147
13148 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
13149 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
13150 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
13151 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13152
13153 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
13154
13155 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
13156 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
13157 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
13158 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13159 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13160 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
13161 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
13162
13163 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
13164 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
13165 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
13166 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13167 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13168 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13169 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13170 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13171
13172 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
13173 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13174 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13175 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13176 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13177 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
13178
13179 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
13180 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13181 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13182 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13183 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13184 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13185 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13186
13187 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
13188
13189 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
13190 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
13191 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
13192
13193 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
13194 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
13195 nil means never do it.
13196 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
13197 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
13198 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
13199
13200 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
13201 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
13202 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
13203
13204 ;;;***
13205 \f
13206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15400 1473))
13207 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
13208
13209 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
13210
13211 ;;;***
13212 \f
13213 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
13214 ;;;;;; (15441 20097))
13215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
13216
13217 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
13218 Major mode for editing Perl code.
13219 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
13220 Tab indents for Perl code.
13221 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
13222 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13223 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13224 \\{perl-mode-map}
13225 Variables controlling indentation style:
13226 `perl-tab-always-indent'
13227 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
13228 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13229 `perl-tab-to-comment'
13230 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
13231 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
13232 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
13233 `perl-nochange'
13234 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
13235 `perl-indent-level'
13236 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
13237 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13238 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13239 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
13240 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13241 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13242 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
13243 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13244 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
13245 `perl-brace-offset'
13246 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13247 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
13248 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13249 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13250 `perl-label-offset'
13251 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
13252 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
13253 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
13254
13255 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
13256 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
13257 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
13258 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
13259 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
13260 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
13261 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
13262
13263 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
13264
13265 ;;;***
13266 \f
13267 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
13268 ;;;;;; (15507 55753))
13269 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
13270
13271 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
13272 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
13273 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
13274 afterwards settable by these commands:
13275 C-c < Move left after insertion.
13276 C-c > Move right after insertion.
13277 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
13278 C-c . Move down after insertion.
13279 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
13280 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
13281 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
13282 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
13283 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
13284 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
13285 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
13286 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
13287 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
13288 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
13289 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
13290 with these commands:
13291 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
13292 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
13293 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
13294 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
13295 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
13296 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
13297 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
13298 Return Move to beginning of next line.
13299 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
13300 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
13301 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
13302 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
13303 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
13304 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
13305 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
13306 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
13307 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
13308 You can manipulate text with these commands:
13309 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
13310 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
13311 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
13312 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
13313 text is saved in the kill ring.
13314 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
13315 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
13316 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
13317 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
13318 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
13319 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
13320 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
13321 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
13322 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
13323 commands if invoked soon enough.
13324 You can return to the previous mode with:
13325 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
13326 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
13327
13328 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
13329
13330 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
13331 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
13332
13333 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
13334
13335 ;;;***
13336 \f
13337 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
13338 ;;;;;; (15517 64423))
13339 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
13340
13341 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
13342 Return a Mule (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file charset.
13343 Called through file-coding-system-alist, before the file is visited for real." nil nil)
13344
13345 ;;;***
13346 \f
13347 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15464 26331))
13348 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
13349
13350 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
13351 Play pong and waste time.
13352 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
13353 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
13354
13355 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
13356
13357 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
13358
13359 ;;;***
13360 \f
13361 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
13362 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15468 23944))
13363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
13364
13365 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
13366 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
13367 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
13368 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible." nil nil)
13369
13370 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
13371 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
13372 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
13373 can handle, whenever this is possible.
13374 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
13375
13376 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
13377 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
13378 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
13379 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
13380 in the variable `values'." t nil)
13381
13382 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
13383 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
13384 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
13385 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
13386
13387 ;;;***
13388 \f
13389 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
13390 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
13391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
13392
13393 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
13394 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
13395 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
13396 Commands:
13397 \\{prolog-mode-map}
13398 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
13399 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13400
13401 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
13402 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
13403
13404 ;;;***
13405 \f
13406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15371 46418))
13407 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
13408
13409 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
13410 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
13411 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
13412
13413 ;;;***
13414 \f
13415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15505 59092))
13416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
13417 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
13418
13419 ;;;***
13420 \f
13421 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
13422 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
13423 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
13424 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15371 46418))
13425 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
13426
13427 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
13428 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
13429
13430 Valid values are:
13431
13432 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
13433 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
13434 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
13435 changed by setting the variable
13436 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
13437 The initial value of this variable is
13438 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
13439 documentation).
13440
13441 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
13442 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
13443 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
13444 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
13445 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
13446 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
13447 test it.
13448
13449 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
13450 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
13451 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
13452 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
13453 source file. BDF fonts are included in
13454 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
13455 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
13456 use this value, be sure to have installed
13457 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
13458 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
13459 documentation of this variable).
13460
13461 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
13462 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
13463 characters. This is convenient when you want or
13464 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
13465 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
13466 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
13467
13468 Any other value is treated as nil.")
13469
13470 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
13471 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
13472 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
13473
13474 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13475
13476 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
13477 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
13478
13479 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
13480
13481 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13482
13483 Returns the value:
13484
13485 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13486
13487 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13488 the sequence." nil nil)
13489
13490 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
13491 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
13492
13493 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
13494 composition.
13495
13496 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13497
13498 Returns the value:
13499
13500 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13501
13502 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13503 the sequence." nil nil)
13504
13505 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
13506 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
13507
13508 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
13509 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
13510 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
13511
13512 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
13513 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
13514
13515 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
13516 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
13517 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
13518
13519 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13520
13521 ;;;***
13522 \f
13523 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
13524 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
13525 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
13526 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
13527 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
13528 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15483 47733))
13529 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
13530
13531 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
13532 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
13533 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
13534 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
13535
13536 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
13537 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
13538
13539 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13540 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13541
13542 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13543 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
13544 sending it to the printer.
13545
13546 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13547 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13548 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13549
13550 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13551 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13552 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13553 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13554 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13555
13556 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
13557 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13558 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
13559
13560 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13561 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13562 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13563 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13564 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13565
13566 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13567 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13568 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
13569 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
13570
13571 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13572
13573 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13574 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13575 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13576 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13577 so it has a way to determine color values.
13578
13579 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13580
13581 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
13582 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13583 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
13584
13585 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13586
13587 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13588 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13589 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13590 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13591 so it has a way to determine color values.
13592
13593 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13594
13595 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
13596 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
13597
13598 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13599 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
13600 instead of sending it to the printer.
13601
13602 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13603 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13604 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13605
13606 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
13607 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
13608 current ps-print setup.
13609 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
13610 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
13611
13612 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13613 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
13614 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13615
13616 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
13617 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
13618 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13619
13620 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
13621 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
13622
13623 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
13624 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13625
13626 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
13627 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13628
13629 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13630 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13631
13632 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
13633
13634 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
13635
13636 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
13637 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13638
13639 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
13640 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13641
13642 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13643 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13644
13645 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
13646
13647 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
13648
13649 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
13650
13651 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
13652 foreground and background colors respectively.
13653
13654 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
13655 bold - use bold font.
13656 italic - use italic font.
13657 underline - put a line under text.
13658 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
13659 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
13660 shadow - text will have a shadow.
13661 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
13662 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
13663
13664 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
13665
13666 ;;;***
13667 \f
13668 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
13669 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
13670 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
13671 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
13672 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15455 18402))
13673 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
13674
13675 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
13676 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
13677
13678 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
13679 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
13680 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
13681
13682 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
13683 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
13684
13685 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
13686 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
13687 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
13688 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
13689 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
13690 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
13691 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
13692
13693 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
13694 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
13695 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
13696 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
13697 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
13698 shown.
13699 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
13700
13701 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
13702 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
13703 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
13704 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
13705 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
13706 list of candidates.
13707
13708 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
13709 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
13710 command to be called.
13711
13712 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
13713 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
13714 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
13715 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
13716
13717 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
13718 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
13719 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
13720 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
13721 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
13722 to t.
13723
13724 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
13725 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
13726 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
13727 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
13728
13729 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
13730 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
13731 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
13732 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
13733
13734 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
13735 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
13736 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
13737 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
13738 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
13739 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
13740
13741 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
13742 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
13743 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
13744 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
13745 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
13746 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
13747
13748 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
13749 covers Quail translation region.
13750
13751 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
13752 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
13753 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
13754 for it) is inserted.
13755
13756 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
13757 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
13758 vs. corresponding command to be called.
13759
13760 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
13761 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
13762 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
13763
13764 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13765 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
13766
13767 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
13768 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
13769 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
13770 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
13771 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
13772
13773 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13774 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
13775
13776 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
13777 keyboard type." t nil)
13778
13779 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
13780 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
13781 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
13782 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13783 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
13784 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13785 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13786 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13787 for the translation.
13788 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13789
13790 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13791 it is used to handle KEY.
13792
13793 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
13794 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
13795 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
13796 the following annotation types are supported.
13797
13798 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
13799 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
13800
13801 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
13802 candidate list.
13803
13804 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
13805 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
13806 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
13807 inserted.
13808
13809 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
13810 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
13811
13812 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
13813 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
13814
13815 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13816 which to install MAP.
13817
13818 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
13819
13820 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
13821 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
13822
13823 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13824 which to install MAP.
13825
13826 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
13827
13828 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
13829 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
13830 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13831 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
13832 a function, or a cons.
13833 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13834 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13835 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13836 for the translation.
13837 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13838 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13839 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13840 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13841 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13842
13843 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13844 it is used to handle KEY.
13845
13846 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13847 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13848 current Quail package.
13849
13850 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13851 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13852
13853 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13854 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13855
13856 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13857 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13858
13859 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13860
13861 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13862 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13863
13864 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13865 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13866 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13867 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13868 of the Emacs source tree.
13869
13870 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13871 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13872
13873 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13874 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13875 of each directory." t nil)
13876
13877 ;;;***
13878 \f
13879 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13880 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13881 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15371
13882 ;;;;;; 46424))
13883 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13884
13885 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13886 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13887 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13888 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13889
13890 To make use of this do something like:
13891
13892 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13893
13894 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13895
13896 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13897 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13898
13899 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13900 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13901 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13902
13903 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13904 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13905
13906 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13907 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13908
13909 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13910 is decided." t nil)
13911
13912 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13913 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13914
13915 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13916 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13917 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13918
13919 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
13920 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
13921
13922 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
13923 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
13924
13925 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
13926 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
13927
13928 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
13929
13930 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
13931
13932 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
13933 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
13934
13935 ;;;***
13936 \f
13937 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15427
13938 ;;;;;; 61508))
13939 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
13940
13941 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
13942 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
13943 See \\[compile]." t nil)
13944
13945 ;;;***
13946 \f
13947 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
13948 ;;;;;; (15391 60528))
13949 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
13950
13951 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
13952 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
13953
13954 ;;;***
13955 \f
13956 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
13957 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
13958 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15400 1473))
13959 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
13960
13961 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
13962 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
13963
13964 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
13965 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
13966
13967 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
13968 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
13969
13970 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
13971 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
13972 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
13973 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
13974 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
13975
13976 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
13977 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
13978
13979 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
13980 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
13981 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13982 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13983 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
13984
13985 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13986
13987 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13988
13989 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13990 Toggle recentf mode.
13991 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13992 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13993
13994 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13995 were operated on recently." t nil)
13996
13997 ;;;***
13998 \f
13999 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
14000 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
14001 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
14002 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15557
14003 ;;;;;; 64391))
14004 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
14005
14006 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
14007 Obsolete. Use `move-to-column'.
14008 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
14009 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
14010 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
14011
14012 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
14013 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
14014 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
14015 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
14016 ends.
14017
14018 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14019 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
14020 to be deleted." t nil)
14021
14022 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14023 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14024 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
14025
14026 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14027 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14028 deleted." nil nil)
14029
14030 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14031 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14032 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
14033
14034 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
14035 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
14036
14037 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14038 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
14039
14040 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14041 deleted." t nil)
14042
14043 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
14044 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
14045
14046 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14047 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
14048 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
14049 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
14050 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
14051 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
14052 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
14053
14054 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
14055 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14056
14057 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
14058 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
14059
14060 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14061 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
14062 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
14063 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
14064
14065 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
14066 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
14067 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
14068 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
14069 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
14070
14071 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14072 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
14073
14074 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
14075 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
14076 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
14077
14078 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
14079
14080 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
14081
14082 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14083 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14084
14085 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14086 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
14087 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
14088
14089 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
14090 Blank out the region-rectangle.
14091 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
14092
14093 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14094 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
14095 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
14096
14097 ;;;***
14098 \f
14099 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15417
14100 ;;;;;; 7452))
14101 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
14102
14103 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
14104 Toggle Refill minor mode.
14105 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
14106
14107 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
14108 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
14109 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
14110
14111 ;;;***
14112 \f
14113 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
14114 ;;;;;; (15371 46417))
14115 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
14116
14117 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
14118 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
14119
14120 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
14121 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
14122
14123 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
14124 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
14125
14126 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
14127 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
14128 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
14129 \\ref macro.
14130
14131 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
14132 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
14133 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
14134
14135 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
14136 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
14137 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
14138
14139 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
14140 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
14141
14142 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
14143 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
14144
14145 \\{reftex-mode-map}
14146 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
14147 on the menu bar.
14148
14149 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
14150
14151 ;;;***
14152 \f
14153 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
14154 ;;;;;; (15371 46416))
14155 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
14156
14157 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
14158 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
14159 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
14160 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
14161 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
14162 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
14163
14164 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
14165
14166 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
14167
14168 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
14169 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
14170 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
14171 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
14172
14173 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
14174 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
14175 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
14176 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
14177
14178 ;;;***
14179 \f
14180 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
14181 ;;;;;; (15391 60719))
14182 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
14183
14184 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
14185 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
14186 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
14187
14188 To insert new phrases, use
14189 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
14190 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
14191
14192 To index phrases use one of:
14193
14194 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
14195 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
14196 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
14197 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
14198 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
14199
14200 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
14201 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
14202
14203 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
14204
14205 Here are all local bindings.
14206
14207 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
14208
14209 ;;;***
14210 \f
14211 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
14212 ;;;;;; (15425 28363))
14213 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
14214
14215 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
14216 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
14217 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
14218 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
14219 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
14220 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
14221
14222 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
14223 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
14224
14225 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
14226 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
14227
14228 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
14229 Return the depth of REGEXP.
14230 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
14231 in REGEXP." nil nil)
14232
14233 ;;;***
14234 \f
14235 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15371 46418))
14236 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
14237
14238 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
14239 Repeat most recently executed command.
14240 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
14241 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
14242 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
14243
14244 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
14245 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
14246 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
14247
14248 ;;;***
14249 \f
14250 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
14251 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14252 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
14253
14254 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
14255 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
14256
14257 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
14258 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
14259 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
14260 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
14261 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
14262 and point is left after the salutation.
14263
14264 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
14265 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
14266 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
14267 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
14268 left after that text.
14269
14270 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
14271 is non-nil.
14272
14273 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
14274 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
14275 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
14276 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
14277
14278 ;;;***
14279 \f
14280 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
14281 ;;;;;; (15391 60519))
14282 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
14283
14284 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
14285 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
14286 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
14287 visibility of comments that precede it.
14288 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
14289 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
14290 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
14291 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
14292 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
14293 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
14294 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
14295 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
14296 the comment lines.
14297 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
14298 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
14299 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
14300 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
14301 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
14302 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
14303
14304 ;;;***
14305 \f
14306 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15371
14307 ;;;;;; 46418))
14308 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
14309
14310 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
14311 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
14312
14313 ;;;***
14314 \f
14315 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
14316 ;;;;;; (15417 7409))
14317 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
14318
14319 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14320 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
14321 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14322
14323 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14324 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14325 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14326
14327 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
14328 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
14329 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14331 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
14332
14333 (custom-add-to-group (quote global-reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14334
14335 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal))
14336
14337 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14338 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
14339 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14340
14341 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14342 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14343 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14344
14345 ;;;***
14346 \f
14347 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties
14348 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow"
14349 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15507 55752))
14350 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
14351
14352 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\
14353 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14354 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active.
14355 If emacs is not running under a window system,
14356 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
14357
14358 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
14359 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14360 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
14361 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
14362 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
14363
14364 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\
14365 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled.
14366 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14367 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14368 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.")
14369
14370 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14371
14372 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
14373
14374 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
14375 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode.
14376 When active, any part of the a filename being read in the minibuffer
14377 that would be ignored because the result is passed through
14378 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in
14379 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
14380 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable.
14381
14382 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14383 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
14384
14385 ;;;***
14386 \f
14387 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
14388 ;;;;;; (15371 46419))
14389 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
14390
14391 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
14392 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
14393
14394 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
14395 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
14396
14397 ;;;***
14398 \f
14399 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15507 55753))
14400 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
14401 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14402
14403 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
14404 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
14405 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
14406 other arguments for `rlogin'.
14407
14408 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
14409
14410 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
14411 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
14412 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
14413 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
14414
14415 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
14416 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
14417
14418 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
14419 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
14420
14421 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
14422 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
14423 INPUT-ARGS.
14424
14425 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
14426 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
14427 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
14428 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
14429 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
14430
14431 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
14432 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
14433 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
14434 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
14435
14436 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
14437 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
14438 variable." t nil)
14439
14440 ;;;***
14441 \f
14442 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
14443 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
14444 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
14445 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
14446 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
14447 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
14448 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15522 14844))
14449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
14450
14451 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
14452 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
14453 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
14454 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
14455
14456 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
14457 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
14458 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
14459 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
14460 value is the user's email address and name.)
14461 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
14462
14463 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
14464 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
14465 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
14466 which normally happens once for each message,
14467 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
14468 To make a change in this variable take effect
14469 for a message that you have already viewed,
14470 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
14471
14472 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
14473 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
14474 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
14475 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
14476
14477 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
14478 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
14479
14480 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
14481 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
14482 A value of nil means don't highlight.
14483 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
14484
14485 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
14486 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
14487
14488 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
14489 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
14490
14491 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
14492 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
14493 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
14494 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
14495 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
14496
14497 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
14498 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
14499
14500 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
14501 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
14502
14503 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
14504 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
14505
14506 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
14507 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
14508
14509 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
14510 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
14511
14512 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
14513 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
14514
14515 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
14516 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
14517
14518 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
14519 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
14520
14521 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
14522 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
14523 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
14524 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
14525
14526 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
14527 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
14528
14529 This is set to nil by default.")
14530
14531 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
14532 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
14533 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
14534 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
14535 until a user explicitly requires it.")
14536
14537 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
14538 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
14539 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14540 It is called with no argument.")
14541
14542 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
14543 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
14544 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
14545 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
14546 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14547 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14548 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14549
14550 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
14551 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
14552 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14553 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14554 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14555 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14556
14557 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
14558 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
14559 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14560 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
14561 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
14562
14563 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
14564 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
14565 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14566 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
14567 MSG is the message number,
14568 REGEXP is the regular expression,
14569 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
14570
14571 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
14572 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
14573 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
14574 this feature is required with `require'.")
14575
14576 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
14577 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
14578 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
14579 the message is decoded as normal way.
14580
14581 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
14582 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
14583 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
14584
14585 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
14586 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
14587 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
14588
14589 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
14590 Read and edit incoming mail.
14591 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
14592 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
14593 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
14594
14595 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
14596 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
14597 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
14598 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
14599
14600 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
14601
14602 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
14603 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
14604 All normal editing commands are turned off.
14605 Instead, these commands are available:
14606
14607 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
14608 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
14609 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
14610 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
14611 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
14612 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
14613 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
14614 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
14615 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
14616 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
14617 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
14618 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
14619 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
14620 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
14621 till a deleted message is found.
14622 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
14623 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
14624 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
14625 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
14626 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
14627 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
14628 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
14629 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
14630 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
14631 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
14632 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
14633 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
14634 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
14635 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
14636 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
14637 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
14638 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
14639 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
14640 (label defaults to last one specified).
14641 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
14642 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
14643 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
14644 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
14645 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
14646 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
14647 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
14648 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
14649 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
14650
14651 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
14652 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
14653
14654 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
14655 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
14656
14657 ;;;***
14658 \f
14659 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
14660 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14661 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
14662
14663 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
14664 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
14665
14666 ;;;***
14667 \f
14668 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
14669 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
14670 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15371 46424))
14671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
14672
14673 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14674 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14675 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14676
14677 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14678 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14679 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14680
14681 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
14682
14683 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14684 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
14685 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14686 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14687 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14688
14689 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14690 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
14691 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14692 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14693 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14694
14695 ;;;***
14696 \f
14697 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
14698 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
14699 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
14700
14701 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
14702 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
14703 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
14704 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
14705
14706 ;;;***
14707 \f
14708 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
14709 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
14710 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15371 46424))
14711 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
14712
14713 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
14714 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
14715 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
14716 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
14717 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
14718 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
14719 a file name as a string.")
14720
14721 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
14722 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
14723 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
14724 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
14725 buffer visiting that file.
14726 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
14727 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
14728
14729 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
14730 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14731
14732 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14733 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14734
14735 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
14736 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
14737
14738 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
14739 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
14740
14741 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
14742 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
14743 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14744 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14745 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
14746
14747 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
14748 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
14749 will be appended with their original headers.
14750
14751 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
14752 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14753
14754 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
14755 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
14756
14757 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
14758
14759 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
14760 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
14761 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
14762
14763 ;;;***
14764 \f
14765 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
14766 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
14767 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15371
14768 ;;;;;; 46424))
14769 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
14770
14771 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
14772 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
14773 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14774
14775 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
14776 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
14777 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14778
14779 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
14780 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
14781 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14782
14783 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
14784 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
14785 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14786
14787 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
14788 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
14789 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14790
14791 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
14792 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
14793 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14794
14795 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
14796 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
14797 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
14798 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
14799
14800 ;;;***
14801 \f
14802 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
14803 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
14804 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
14805 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
14806 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15483 47733))
14807 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
14808
14809 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
14810 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
14811
14812 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
14813 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
14814
14815 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
14816 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
14817
14818 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
14819 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
14820 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
14821
14822 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
14823 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
14824 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
14825 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14826 only look in the To and From fields.
14827 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14828
14829 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
14830 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
14831 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
14832 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
14833 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
14834
14835 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
14836 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
14837 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
14838 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14839 look in the whole message.
14840 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14841
14842 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
14843 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
14844 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
14845
14846 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
14847 *Function to decode summary-line.
14848
14849 By default, `identity' is set.")
14850
14851 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
14852 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
14853 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
14854 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
14855 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
14856 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
14857 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
14858
14859 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
14860 sent by you under different user names.
14861 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
14862
14863 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
14864
14865 ;;;***
14866 \f
14867 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
14868 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
14869 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
14870
14871 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
14872 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
14873 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
14874 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
14875
14876 ;;;***
14877 \f
14878 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
14879 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15371 46418))
14880 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
14881
14882 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
14883 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
14884 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
14885
14886 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
14887 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
14888 in rot 13.
14889
14890 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
14891
14892 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
14893 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
14894
14895 ;;;***
14896 \f
14897 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
14898 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
14899 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
14900 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
14901 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
14902 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
14903
14904 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
14905 *This variable is obsolete.")
14906
14907 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14908
14909 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
14910
14911 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14912 *This variable is obsolete.")
14913
14914 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
14915 *This variable is obsolete.")
14916
14917 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
14918 *This variable is obsolete.")
14919
14920 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
14921 *This variable is obsolete.")
14922
14923 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
14924 *This variable is obsolete.")
14925
14926 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
14927 This function is obsolete." t nil)
14928
14929 ;;;***
14930 \f
14931 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15441
14932 ;;;;;; 20091))
14933 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
14934
14935 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
14936 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil)
14937
14938 ;;;***
14939 \f
14940 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15371
14941 ;;;;;; 46419))
14942 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
14943
14944 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
14945 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
14946 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
14947 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
14948
14949 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
14950 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
14951 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
14952
14953 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
14954 notation.
14955
14956 STRING
14957 matches string STRING literally.
14958
14959 CHAR
14960 matches character CHAR literally.
14961
14962 `not-newline'
14963 matches any character except a newline.
14964 .
14965 `anything'
14966 matches any character
14967
14968 `(any SET)'
14969 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
14970 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
14971
14972 '(in SET)'
14973 like `any'.
14974
14975 `(not (any SET))'
14976 matches any character not in SET
14977
14978 `line-start'
14979 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
14980 in the text being matched
14981
14982 `line-end'
14983 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
14984
14985 `string-start'
14986 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14987 string being matched against.
14988
14989 `string-end'
14990 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14991 string being matched against.
14992
14993 `buffer-start'
14994 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14995 buffer being matched against.
14996
14997 `buffer-end'
14998 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14999 buffer being matched against.
15000
15001 `point'
15002 matches the empty string, but only at point.
15003
15004 `word-start'
15005 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15006 word.
15007
15008 `word-end'
15009 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
15010
15011 `word-boundary'
15012 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15013 word.
15014
15015 `(not word-boundary)'
15016 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
15017 word.
15018
15019 `digit'
15020 matches 0 through 9.
15021
15022 `control'
15023 matches ASCII control characters.
15024
15025 `hex-digit'
15026 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
15027
15028 `blank'
15029 matches space and tab only.
15030
15031 `graphic'
15032 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
15033 space, and DEL.
15034
15035 `printing'
15036 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
15037 and DEL.
15038
15039 `alphanumeric'
15040 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15041 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15042
15043 `letter'
15044 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15045 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15046
15047 `ascii'
15048 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
15049
15050 `nonascii'
15051 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
15052
15053 `lower'
15054 matches anything lower-case.
15055
15056 `upper'
15057 matches anything upper-case.
15058
15059 `punctuation'
15060 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15061 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
15062
15063 `space'
15064 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
15065
15066 `word'
15067 matches anything that has word syntax.
15068
15069 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
15070 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
15071 of the following symbols.
15072
15073 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
15074 `punctuation' (\\s.)
15075 `word' (\\sw)
15076 `symbol' (\\s_)
15077 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
15078 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
15079 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
15080 `string-quote' (\\s\")
15081 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
15082 `escape' (\\s\\)
15083 `character-quote' (\\s/)
15084 `comment-start' (\\s<)
15085 `comment-end' (\\s>)
15086
15087 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
15088 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
15089
15090 `(category CATEGORY)'
15091 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
15092 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
15093
15094 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
15095 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
15096 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
15097 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
15098 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
15099 `symbol' (\\c5)
15100 `digit' (\\c6)
15101 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
15102 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
15103 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
15104 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
15105 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
15106 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
15107 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
15108 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
15109 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
15110 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
15111 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
15112 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
15113 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
15114 `ascii' (\\ca)
15115 `arabic' (\\cb)
15116 `chinese' (\\cc)
15117 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
15118 `greek' (\\cg)
15119 `korean' (\\ch)
15120 `indian' (\\ci)
15121 `japanese' (\\cj)
15122 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
15123 `latin' (\\cl)
15124 `lao' (\\co)
15125 `tibetan' (\\cq)
15126 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
15127 `thai' (\\ct)
15128 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
15129 `hebrew' (\\cw)
15130 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
15131 `can-break' (\\c|)
15132
15133 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
15134 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
15135
15136 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15137 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
15138
15139 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15140 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
15141 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
15142
15143 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15144 another name for `submatch'.
15145
15146 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15147 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
15148 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
15149 regular expression.
15150
15151 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
15152 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
15153 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
15154 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
15155 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
15156
15157 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
15158 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
15159
15160 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
15161 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15162
15163 `(0+ SEXP)'
15164 like `zero-or-more'.
15165
15166 `(* SEXP)'
15167 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15168
15169 `(*? SEXP)'
15170 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15171
15172 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
15173 matches one or more occurrences of A.
15174
15175 `(1+ SEXP)'
15176 like `one-or-more'.
15177
15178 `(+ SEXP)'
15179 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15180
15181 `(+? SEXP)'
15182 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15183
15184 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
15185 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
15186
15187 `(optional SEXP)'
15188 like `zero-or-one'.
15189
15190 `(? SEXP)'
15191 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15192
15193 `(?? SEXP)'
15194 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15195
15196 `(repeat N SEXP)'
15197 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15198
15199 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
15200 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15201
15202 `(eval FORM)'
15203 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
15204 `regexp-quote' it.
15205
15206 `(regexp REGEXP)'
15207 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
15208
15209 ;;;***
15210 \f
15211 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
15212 ;;;;;; (15371 46426))
15213 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
15214
15215 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
15216 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
15217 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15218
15219 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
15220 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
15221 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
15222 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
15223 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
15224 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
15225 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
15226 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
15227
15228 Commands:
15229 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15230 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15231 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15232 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
15233 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
15234
15235 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
15236 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
15237 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15238
15239 Commands:
15240 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15241 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15242 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15243 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
15244 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
15245 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
15246
15247 ;;;***
15248 \f
15249 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
15250 ;;;;;; (15371 46421))
15251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
15252
15253 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
15254 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
15255 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
15256
15257 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
15258
15259 ;;;***
15260 \f
15261 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15400
15262 ;;;;;; 1481))
15263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
15264
15265 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
15266 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
15267 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
15268 \\{scribe-mode-map}
15269
15270 Interesting variables:
15271
15272 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
15273 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
15274
15275 `scribe-electric-quote'
15276 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
15277
15278 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
15279 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
15280 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
15281
15282 ;;;***
15283 \f
15284 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
15285 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15561 31204))
15286 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
15287
15288 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
15289 Control/track scroll locking.
15290
15291 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15292 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
15293
15294 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15295
15296 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
15297
15298 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
15299 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
15300
15301 ;;;***
15302 \f
15303 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
15304 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
15305 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
15306 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
15307 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
15308 ;;;;;; (15561 31320))
15309 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
15310
15311 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
15312 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
15313
15314 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15315 king@grassland.com
15316 If `parens', they look like:
15317 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15318 If `angles', they look like:
15319 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
15320 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
15321 derived from the envelope-from address.
15322
15323 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
15324 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
15325 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
15326 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
15327
15328 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
15329 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
15330 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
15331 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
15332
15333 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
15334 is a privileged operation.")
15335
15336 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
15337 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
15338 This is done when the message is initialized,
15339 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
15340
15341 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
15342 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
15343 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
15344
15345 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
15346 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
15347
15348 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
15349 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
15350 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
15351 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
15352 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
15353 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
15354 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
15355
15356 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
15357 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
15358
15359 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
15360 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
15361 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
15362
15363 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
15364 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
15365 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
15366 when you first send mail.")
15367
15368 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
15369 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
15370 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
15371 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
15372 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
15373
15374 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
15375 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
15376 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
15377 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
15378 This file need not actually exist.")
15379
15380 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
15381 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
15382 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
15383 If a string, that string is inserted.
15384 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
15385 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
15386 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
15387 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
15388
15389 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
15390 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
15391 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
15392 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
15393 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
15394 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
15395 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
15396 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
15397 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
15398 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
15399 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
15400 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
15401 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
15402 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
15403 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
15404
15405 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
15406 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15407 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15408 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
15409 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
15410 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15411
15412 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
15413 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15414 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
15415
15416 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
15417 User should not set this variable manually,
15418 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
15419 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
15420 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15421 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
15422
15423 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
15424 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
15425 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
15426 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
15427
15428 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
15429 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
15430
15431 \\<mail-mode-map>
15432 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
15433
15434 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
15435 to move to message header fields:
15436 \\{mail-mode-map}
15437
15438 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
15439 when the message is initialized.
15440
15441 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
15442 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
15443
15444 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
15445 is inserted.
15446
15447 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
15448 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
15449
15450 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
15451 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
15452
15453 The second through fifth arguments,
15454 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
15455 the initial contents of those header fields.
15456 These arguments should not have final newlines.
15457 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
15458 original message being replied to, or else an action
15459 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
15460 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
15461 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
15462 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
15463 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
15464 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
15465
15466 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
15467 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
15468
15469 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
15470 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
15471
15472 ;;;***
15473 \f
15474 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15400 1473))
15475 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
15476
15477 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
15478 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
15479 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
15480 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
15481 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
15482 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
15483
15484 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
15485
15486 ;;;***
15487 \f
15488 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
15489 ;;;;;; (15549 60246))
15490 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
15491
15492 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15493 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
15494 Makes > match <.
15495 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
15496 `sgml-quick-keys'.
15497
15498 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
15499 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
15500 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
15501
15502 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
15503 your `.emacs' file.
15504
15505 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
15506
15507 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15508 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
15509 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
15510
15511 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15512 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
15513 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
15514 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
15515 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
15516 which this is based.
15517
15518 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15519
15520 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
15521 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
15522 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
15523 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
15524
15525 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
15526 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
15527 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
15528
15529 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
15530 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
15531 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
15532 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
15533
15534 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
15535 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
15536 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
15537 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
15538
15539 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
15540
15541 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
15542 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
15543 To work around that, do:
15544 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
15545
15546 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
15547
15548 ;;;***
15549 \f
15550 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
15551 ;;;;;; (15441 20097))
15552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
15553
15554 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
15555
15556 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
15557 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
15558 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
15559 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
15560 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
15561 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
15562
15563 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
15564 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
15565 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
15566 shell-specific features.
15567
15568 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
15569 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
15570 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
15571
15572 \\[sh-case] case statement
15573 \\[sh-for] for loop
15574 \\[sh-function] function definition
15575 \\[sh-if] if statement
15576 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
15577 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
15578 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
15579 \\[sh-select] select loop
15580 \\[sh-until] until loop
15581 \\[sh-while] while loop
15582
15583 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
15584 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
15585 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
15586 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
15587 would indent to the way it currently is.
15588 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
15589 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
15590
15591
15592 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
15593 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
15594 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
15595 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
15596 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
15597 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
15598
15599 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
15600 {, (, [, ', \", `
15601 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
15602
15603 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
15604 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
15605 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
15606
15607 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
15608 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
15609
15610 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
15611
15612 ;;;***
15613 \f
15614 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
15615 ;;;;;; (15525 27359))
15616 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
15617
15618 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
15619 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
15620
15621 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
15622 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
15623 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
15624 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
15625 the earlier.
15626
15627 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
15628
15629 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
15630
15631 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
15632 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
15633 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
15634
15635 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
15636 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
15637
15638 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
15639 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
15640 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
15641 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
15642 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
15643 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
15644 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
15645 emacs version).
15646
15647 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
15648 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
15649 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
15650 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
15651 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
15652
15653 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
15654 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
15655 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
15656
15657 ;;;***
15658 \f
15659 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
15660 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15517
15661 ;;;;;; 64422))
15662 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
15663
15664 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
15665 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
15666 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
15667 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
15668 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
15669 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
15670 in the cluster." t nil)
15671
15672 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
15673 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
15674 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
15675 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
15676 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15677
15678 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
15679 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
15680 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
15681 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
15682 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
15683 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
15684 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15685
15686 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
15687 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
15688
15689 ;;;***
15690 \f
15691 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
15692 ;;;;;; (15533 36790))
15693 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
15694
15695 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
15696 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
15697 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
15698 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
15699 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
15700 arguments.")
15701
15702 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
15703 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
15704 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
15705 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
15706 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
15707 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
15708 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
15709 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
15710 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
15711 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
15712 discards input when it starts up.)
15713 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
15714 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
15715 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
15716
15717 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15718 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15719 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15720 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
15721 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15722 `default-process-coding-system'.
15723
15724 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
15725 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
15726 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
15727 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
15728
15729 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15730 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
15731
15732 ;;;***
15733 \f
15734 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15400
15735 ;;;;;; 1480))
15736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
15737
15738 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
15739 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
15740 \\{simula-mode-map}
15741 Variables controlling indentation style:
15742 simula-tab-always-indent
15743 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
15744 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15745 simula-indent-level
15746 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
15747 simula-substatement-offset
15748 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
15749 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
15750 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
15751 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
15752 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
15753 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
15754 simula-label-offset -4711
15755 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
15756 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
15757 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
15758 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
15759 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
15760 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
15761 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
15762 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
15763 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
15764 simula-electric-indent nil
15765 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
15766 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
15767 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
15768 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
15769 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
15770 or nil if they should not be changed.
15771 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
15772 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
15773 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
15774 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
15775
15776 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
15777 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
15778
15779 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
15780 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
15781 at all." t nil)
15782
15783 ;;;***
15784 \f
15785 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
15786 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
15787 ;;;;;; (15371 46425))
15788 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
15789
15790 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
15791 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
15792
15793 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
15794 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
15795 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
15796 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
15797 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
15798
15799 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
15800 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15801 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15802 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15803 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15804 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15805 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15806
15807 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15808 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15809 ignored." t nil)
15810
15811 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
15812 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15813 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15814 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15815 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15816 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15817 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15818
15819 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15820 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15821 ignored." t nil)
15822
15823 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
15824 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
15825
15826 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
15827 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
15828 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
15829 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
15830
15831 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
15832 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
15833 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
15834 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
15835
15836 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
15837 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
15838 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
15839
15840 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
15841 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
15842
15843 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
15844 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
15845
15846 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
15847 _ interesting point, interregion here
15848 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
15849 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
15850 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
15851 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
15852 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
15853 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
15854 nil skipped
15855
15856 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
15857 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
15858
15859 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
15860 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
15861 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
15862 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
15863 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
15864 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
15865 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
15866 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
15867
15868 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
15869 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
15870 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
15871 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
15872 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
15873 available:
15874
15875 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
15876 then: insert previously read string once more
15877 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
15878 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
15879 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
15880
15881 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
15882 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
15883
15884 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
15885 Insert the character you type ARG times.
15886
15887 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
15888 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
15889 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
15890 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
15891 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
15892 such as backslash.
15893
15894 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
15895 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
15896 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
15897
15898 ;;;***
15899 \f
15900 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15371
15901 ;;;;;; 46426))
15902 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
15903
15904 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
15905 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
15906 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
15907
15908 ;;;***
15909 \f
15910 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
15911 ;;;;;; (15371 46420))
15912 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
15913
15914 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
15915 Display textual smileys as images.
15916 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
15917 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
15918 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
15919
15920 ;;;***
15921 \f
15922 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
15923 ;;;;;; (15561 31320))
15924 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
15925
15926 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
15927
15928 ;;;***
15929 \f
15930 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15542 65298))
15931 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
15932
15933 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
15934 Play the Snake game.
15935 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
15936
15937 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
15938
15939 Snake mode keybindings:
15940 \\<snake-mode-map>
15941 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
15942 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
15943 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15944 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
15945 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
15946 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
15947 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down" t nil)
15948
15949 ;;;***
15950 \f
15951 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
15952 ;;;;;; (15505 59088))
15953 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
15954
15955 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15956 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
15957 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15958 Tab indents for C code.
15959 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15960 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15961 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15962 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
15963 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
15964
15965 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15966 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
15967 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15968 Tab indents for C code.
15969 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15970 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15971 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15972 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
15973 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
15974
15975 ;;;***
15976 \f
15977 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
15978 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
15979 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15533 36800))
15980 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
15981
15982 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
15983 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
15984
15985 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
15986 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
15987 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
15988
15989 For example, the form
15990
15991 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
15992 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
15993
15994 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
15995
15996 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
15997 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15998
15999 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16000 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
16001 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
16002 York City.
16003
16004 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16005
16006 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
16007 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16008
16009 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16010 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
16011 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
16012 York City.
16013
16014 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16015
16016 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
16017 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
16018 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
16019 pair.
16020
16021 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16022
16023 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
16024 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
16025 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
16026
16027 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
16028 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
16029
16030 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
16031
16032 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
16033 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
16034 Requires floating point." nil nil)
16035
16036 ;;;***
16037 \f
16038 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15544
16039 ;;;;;; 37711))
16040 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
16041
16042 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
16043 Play Solitaire.
16044
16045 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
16046 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
16047 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
16048 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
16049 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
16050 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
16051 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
16052 check after each move or undo)
16053
16054 What is Solitaire?
16055
16056 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
16057 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
16058 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
16059
16060 Le Solitaire
16061 ============
16062
16063 o o o
16064
16065 o o o
16066
16067 o o o o o o o
16068
16069 o o o . o o o
16070
16071 o o o o o o o
16072
16073 o o o
16074
16075 o o o
16076
16077 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
16078 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
16079 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
16080 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
16081
16082 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
16083 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
16084 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
16085 this: o o .
16086
16087 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
16088 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
16089
16090 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
16091
16092 o o o
16093
16094 . o o
16095
16096 o o . o o o o
16097
16098 o . o o o o o
16099
16100 o o o o o o o
16101
16102 o o o
16103
16104 o o o
16105
16106 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
16107
16108 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
16109
16110 ;;;***
16111 \f
16112 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
16113 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
16114 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15544 37707))
16115 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
16116
16117 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
16118 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
16119 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
16120
16121 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
16122 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
16123 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
16124 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
16125 contiguous.
16126
16127 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
16128 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
16129 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16130 the sort order.
16131
16132 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
16133 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
16134
16135 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
16136 It moves point to the start of the next record.
16137 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
16138 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
16139 is called.
16140
16141 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
16142 It should move point to the end of the record.
16143
16144 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
16145 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
16146 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
16147 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
16148 starts at the beginning of the record.
16149
16150 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
16151 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
16152 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
16153
16154 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
16155 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16156 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16157 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16158 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16159 the sort order." t nil)
16160
16161 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
16162 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16163 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16164 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16165 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16166 the sort order." t nil)
16167
16168 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
16169 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16170 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16171 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16172 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16173 the sort order." t nil)
16174
16175 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
16176 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
16177 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16178 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
16179 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
16180 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
16181 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16182 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16183 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
16184
16185 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
16186 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
16187 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16188 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16189 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16190 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
16191 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16192 the sort order." t nil)
16193
16194 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
16195 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
16196 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
16197 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
16198 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
16199 is to be used for sorting.
16200 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
16201 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
16202 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
16203 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
16204 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
16205
16206 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
16207
16208 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16209 the sort order.
16210
16211 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
16212 starting with the letter \"f\",
16213 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
16214
16215 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
16216 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
16217 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
16218 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
16219 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
16220 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
16221 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16222 the sort order.
16223
16224 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
16225 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
16226 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
16227 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
16228 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
16229
16230 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
16231 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
16232 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
16233
16234 ;;;***
16235 \f
16236 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
16237 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15548 17734))
16238 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
16239
16240 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
16241
16242 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
16243 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
16244 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
16245 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
16246 supported at a time.
16247 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
16248 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
16249
16250 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
16251 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
16252 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
16253 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
16254
16255 ;;;***
16256 \f
16257 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
16258 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15371 46417))
16259 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
16260
16261 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16262
16263 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
16264 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
16265 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
16266 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
16267 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
16268 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
16269
16270 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
16271 Check spelling of word at or before point.
16272 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
16273 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
16274
16275 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
16276 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
16277 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
16278 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
16279 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
16280
16281 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
16282 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
16283
16284 ;;;***
16285 \f
16286 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (15371
16287 ;;;;;; 46425))
16288 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
16289
16290 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
16291 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
16292
16293 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
16294 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
16295
16296 ;;;***
16297 \f
16298 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
16299 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
16300 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15441 20097))
16301 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
16302
16303 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
16304 Show short help for the SQL modes.
16305
16306 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
16307 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
16308
16309 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
16310
16311 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
16312 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
16313
16314 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
16315
16316 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
16317 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
16318 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
16319 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
16320 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
16321 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
16322 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
16323
16324 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
16325
16326 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
16327 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
16328 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
16329 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
16330
16331 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
16332 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
16333 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
16334 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
16335
16336 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
16337 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
16338 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
16339
16340 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
16341 Major mode to edit SQL.
16342
16343 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
16344 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
16345 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
16346
16347 \\{sql-mode-map}
16348 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
16349
16350 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
16351 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
16352 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
16353 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
16354 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
16355 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
16356
16357 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
16358 `sql-interactive-mode'.
16359
16360 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
16361 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
16362 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
16363
16364 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
16365 (lambda ()
16366 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))" t nil)
16367
16368 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
16369 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
16370
16371 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16372 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16373 `*SQL*'.
16374
16375 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
16376 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16377 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
16378 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
16379
16380 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16381 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16382
16383 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16384 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16385 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16386 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16387 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16388 `default-process-coding-system'.
16389
16390 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16391
16392 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
16393 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
16394
16395 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16396 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16397 `*SQL*'.
16398
16399 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
16400 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
16401 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16402 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
16403
16404 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16405 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16406
16407 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16408 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16409 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16410 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16411 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16412 `default-process-coding-system'.
16413
16414 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16415
16416 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
16417 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
16418
16419 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16420 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16421 `*SQL*'.
16422
16423 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
16424 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16425
16426 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16427 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16428
16429 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16430 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16431 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16432 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16433 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16434 `default-process-coding-system'.
16435
16436 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16437
16438 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
16439 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
16440
16441 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
16442
16443 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16444 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16445 `*SQL*'.
16446
16447 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
16448 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
16449 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16450 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
16451
16452 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16453 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16454
16455 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16456 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16457 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16458 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16459 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16460 `default-process-coding-system'.
16461
16462 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16463
16464 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
16465 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
16466
16467 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16468 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16469 `*SQL*'.
16470
16471 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
16472 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
16473 defaults, if set.
16474
16475 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16476 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16477
16478 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16479 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16480 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16481 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16482 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16483 `default-process-coding-system'.
16484
16485 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16486
16487 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
16488 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
16489
16490 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16491 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16492 `*SQL*'.
16493
16494 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
16495 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16496
16497 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16498 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16499
16500 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16501 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16502 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16503 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16504 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16505 `default-process-coding-system'.
16506
16507 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16508
16509 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
16510 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
16511
16512 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16513 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16514 `*SQL*'.
16515
16516 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
16517 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
16518 as defaults, if set.
16519
16520 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16521 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16522
16523 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16524 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16525 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16526 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16527 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16528 `default-process-coding-system'.
16529
16530 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16531
16532 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
16533 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
16534
16535 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16536 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16537 `*SQL*'.
16538
16539 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
16540 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
16541 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
16542 `sql-postgres-options'.
16543
16544 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16545 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16546
16547 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16548 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16549 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16550 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16551 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16552 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
16553 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
16554 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
16555
16556 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
16557 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
16558
16559 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16560
16561 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
16562 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
16563
16564 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16565 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16566 `*SQL*'.
16567
16568 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
16569 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16570 defaults, if set.
16571
16572 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16573 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16574
16575 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16576 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16577 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16578 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16579 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16580 `default-process-coding-system'.
16581
16582 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16583
16584 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
16585 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
16586
16587 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16588 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16589 `*SQL*'.
16590
16591 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
16592 automatic login.
16593
16594 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16595 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16596
16597 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
16598 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
16599 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
16600 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
16601
16602 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16603 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16604 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16605 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16606 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16607 `default-process-coding-system'.
16608
16609 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16610
16611 ;;;***
16612 \f
16613 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
16614 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
16615 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
16616 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
16617 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
16618 ;;;;;; (15465 22816))
16619 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
16620
16621 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
16622 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
16623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
16624 or M-x strokes-mode.")
16625
16626 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16627
16628 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
16629
16630 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
16631 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
16632 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
16633 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
16634 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
16635 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
16636
16637 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
16638
16639 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
16640 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16641 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16642 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
16643 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
16644 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
16645 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16646
16647 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16648 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16649 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16650 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
16651 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
16652 then complete the stroke with button3.
16653 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16654
16655 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
16656 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16657 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16658
16659 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16660 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16661 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16662
16663 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
16664 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
16665
16666 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
16667
16668 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
16669 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
16670
16671 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
16672 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
16673
16674 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
16675
16676 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
16677 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
16678 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
16679 chronologically by command name.
16680 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
16681
16682 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
16683 Toggle strokes being enabled.
16684 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
16685 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
16686 mode in all buffers when activated.
16687 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
16688 new strokes with
16689
16690 > M-x global-set-stroke
16691
16692 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
16693 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
16694 strokes with
16695
16696 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
16697 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
16698
16699 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
16700 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
16701 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
16702 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
16703
16704 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16705 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
16706
16707 ;;;***
16708 \f
16709 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
16710 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15391 60712))
16711 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
16712
16713 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
16714 Studlify-case the region." t nil)
16715
16716 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
16717 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument." t nil)
16718
16719 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
16720 Studlify-case the current buffer." t nil)
16721
16722 ;;;***
16723 \f
16724 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
16725 ;;;;;; (15505 59088))
16726 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
16727
16728 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
16729 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
16730 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
16731 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
16732 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
16733 original message but it does require a few things:
16734
16735 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
16736
16737 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
16738 reply buffer.
16739
16740 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
16741 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
16742 original message.
16743
16744 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
16745
16746 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
16747
16748 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
16749 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
16750 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
16751
16752 ;;;***
16753 \f
16754 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15391
16755 ;;;;;; 60528))
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
16757
16758 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
16759 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
16760 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
16761 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
16762
16763 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
16764 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
16765 avoid a more expansive scan.
16766 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil)
16767
16768 ;;;***
16769 \f
16770 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (15371 46416))
16771 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
16772
16773 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
16774 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
16775 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16776 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16777 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16778
16779 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
16780 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
16781 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
16782 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
16783 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16784 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16785 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16786
16787 ;;;***
16788 \f
16789 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15371 46416))
16790 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
16791
16792 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
16793 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
16794
16795 ;;;***
16796 \f
16797 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15525 27359))
16798 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
16799
16800 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
16801 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
16802 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
16803 Letters no longer insert themselves.
16804 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
16805 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
16806 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
16807
16808 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
16809 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
16810 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
16811 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
16812
16813 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
16814 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
16815
16816 ;;;***
16817 \f
16818 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
16819 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15533 28779))
16820 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
16821
16822 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
16823 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
16824 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
16825 Tab indents for Tcl code.
16826 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16827 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16828
16829 Variables controlling indentation style:
16830 `tcl-indent-level'
16831 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
16832 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
16833 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
16834
16835 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
16836 documentation for details):
16837 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
16838 Controls action of TAB key.
16839 `tcl-auto-newline'
16840 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
16841 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
16842 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
16843 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
16844 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
16845
16846 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
16847 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
16848 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
16849 already exist.
16850
16851 Commands:
16852 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
16853
16854 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
16855 Run inferior Tcl process.
16856 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
16857 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
16858
16859 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
16860 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
16861 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
16862
16863 ;;;***
16864 \f
16865 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15441 20096))
16866 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
16867 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
16868
16869 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
16870 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16871 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
16872 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
16873 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
16874 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
16875 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16876 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
16877
16878 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
16879 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16880 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
16881 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16882
16883 ;;;***
16884 \f
16885 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15549
16886 ;;;;;; 60240))
16887 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
16888
16889 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
16890 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
16891 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
16892 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
16893 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
16894 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
16895
16896 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
16897 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16898
16899 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
16900 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16901
16902 ;;;***
16903 \f
16904 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15505
16905 ;;;;;; 59087))
16906 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
16907
16908 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
16909 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
16910 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
16911 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
16912 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
16913 program as keyboard input.
16914
16915 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
16916 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
16917 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
16918 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
16919
16920 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
16921 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
16922 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
16923 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
16924 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
16925
16926 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
16927
16928 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
16929 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
16930 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
16931 terminal-redisplay-interval.
16932
16933 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
16934 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
16935 subprocess started." t nil)
16936
16937 ;;;***
16938 \f
16939 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15542 65298))
16940 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
16941
16942 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
16943 Play the Tetris game.
16944 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
16945 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
16946 as to form complete rows.
16947
16948 tetris-mode keybindings:
16949 \\<tetris-mode-map>
16950 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
16951 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
16952 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16953 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
16954 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
16955 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
16956 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
16957 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
16958
16959 " t nil)
16960
16961 ;;;***
16962 \f
16963 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
16964 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
16965 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16966 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
16967 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
16968 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
16969 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
16970 ;;;;;; (15505 59092))
16971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
16972
16973 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
16974 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
16975
16976 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
16977 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
16978 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
16979 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
16980 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
16981
16982 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
16983 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
16984 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
16985 if it matches the first line of the file,
16986 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
16987
16988 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
16989 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
16990 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
16991 if the variable is non-nil.")
16992
16993 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
16994 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
16995
16996 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
16997 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
16998 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16999 See the documentation of that variable.")
17000
17001 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
17002 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
17003 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17004 See the documentation of that variable.")
17005
17006 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
17007 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
17008 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17009 See the documentation of that variable.")
17010
17011 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
17012 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
17013 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
17014 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17015
17016 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
17017 *User defined LaTeX block names.
17018 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
17019
17020 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
17021 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
17022 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17023 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
17024
17025 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
17026 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17027 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17028 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
17029
17030 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
17031 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
17032 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17033 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
17034
17035 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
17036 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
17037 for example,
17038
17039 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17040 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
17041
17042 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
17043 use.")
17044
17045 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
17046 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
17047 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17048 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
17049
17050 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
17051 window system being used. For example,
17052
17053 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
17054 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
17055
17056 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
17057 otherwise.")
17058
17059 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
17060 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
17061 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
17062
17063 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
17064 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
17065 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
17066 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
17067 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
17068
17069 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
17070 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17071
17072 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
17073 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17074
17075 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17076 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
17077 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
17078 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
17079 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
17080 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
17081 says which mode to use." t nil)
17082
17083 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
17084
17085 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
17086
17087 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
17088
17089 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17090 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
17091 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17092 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17093 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17094
17095 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
17096 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
17097 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17098 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17099 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17100 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17101 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17102
17103 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17104 mismatched $'s or braces.
17105
17106 Special commands:
17107 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
17108
17109 Mode variables:
17110 tex-run-command
17111 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17112 tex-directory
17113 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
17114 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17115 tex-dvi-print-command
17116 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17117 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17118 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17119 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17120 tex-dvi-view-command
17121 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17122 tex-show-queue-command
17123 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17124 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17125
17126 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17127 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
17128 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17129
17130 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17131 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
17132 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17133 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17134 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17135
17136 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17137 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17138 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17139 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17140 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17141 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17142 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17143
17144 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17145 mismatched $'s or braces.
17146
17147 Special commands:
17148 \\{latex-mode-map}
17149
17150 Mode variables:
17151 latex-run-command
17152 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17153 tex-directory
17154 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
17155 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17156 tex-dvi-print-command
17157 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17158 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17159 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17160 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17161 tex-dvi-view-command
17162 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17163 tex-show-queue-command
17164 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17165 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17166
17167 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
17168 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
17169 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17170
17171 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17172 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
17173 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17174 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17175 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17176
17177 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17178 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17179 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17180 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17181 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17182 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17183 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17184
17185 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17186 mismatched $'s or braces.
17187
17188 Special commands:
17189 \\{slitex-mode-map}
17190
17191 Mode variables:
17192 slitex-run-command
17193 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17194 tex-directory
17195 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
17196 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17197 tex-dvi-print-command
17198 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17199 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17200 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17201 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17202 tex-dvi-view-command
17203 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17204 tex-show-queue-command
17205 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17206 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17207
17208 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17209 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
17210 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
17211 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17212
17213 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
17214
17215 ;;;***
17216 \f
17217 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
17218 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15505 59092))
17219 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
17220
17221 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
17222 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
17223 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17224 name specified in the @setfilename command.
17225
17226 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
17227 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
17228 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
17229
17230 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
17231 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
17232 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
17233 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
17234 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
17235
17236 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
17237 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
17238 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17239 names specified in the @setfilename command.
17240
17241 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
17242 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
17243 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
17244 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
17245
17246 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
17247 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
17248
17249 ;;;***
17250 \f
17251 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
17252 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15505 59092))
17253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
17254
17255 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
17256 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17257
17258 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
17259 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17260
17261 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
17262 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
17263
17264 It has these extra commands:
17265 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
17266
17267 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
17268 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
17269 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
17270 modified version of TeX input format.
17271
17272 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
17273 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
17274 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
17275 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
17276
17277 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
17278 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
17279 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
17280 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
17281 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
17282 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
17283 in the Texinfo file.
17284
17285 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
17286 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
17287 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
17288 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
17289 move forward past the closing brace.
17290
17291 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
17292 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
17293
17294 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
17295 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
17296 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
17297
17298 Here are the functions:
17299
17300 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
17301 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
17302 texinfo-sequential-node-update
17303
17304 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
17305 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
17306 texinfo-master-menu
17307
17308 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
17309
17310 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
17311 which menu descriptions are indented.
17312
17313 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
17314 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
17315 in the region.
17316
17317 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
17318 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
17319 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
17320 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
17321
17322 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
17323 be the first node in the file.
17324
17325 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
17326 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
17327
17328 ;;;***
17329 \f
17330 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
17331 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
17332 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15391 60704))
17333 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
17334
17335 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
17336 Compose Thai characters in the region.
17337 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17338 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
17339
17340 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
17341 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
17342
17343 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
17344 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
17345
17346 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
17347
17348 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
17349 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
17350 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
17351 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
17352 to compose.
17353
17354 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
17355
17356 ;;;***
17357 \f
17358 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
17359 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
17360 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15371 46418))
17361 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
17362
17363 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
17364 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
17365
17366 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17367 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
17368 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17369 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17370 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17371
17372 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17373 a symbol as a valid THING.
17374
17375 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
17376 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
17377
17378 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17379 Return the THING at point.
17380 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17381 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17382 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17383
17384 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17385 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
17386
17387 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17388
17389 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17390
17391 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17392
17393 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17394
17395 ;;;***
17396 \f
17397 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
17398 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
17399 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
17400 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
17401 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15441
17402 ;;;;;; 20095))
17403 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
17404
17405 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
17406 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
17407 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
17408
17409 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
17410 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
17411
17412 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
17413 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
17414 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
17415
17416 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17417 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
17418
17419 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17420 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
17421
17422 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17423 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
17424 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
17425 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." t nil)
17426
17427 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17428 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
17429 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
17430 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." nil nil)
17431
17432 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17433
17434 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17435 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
17436 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
17437
17438 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17439 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
17440 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
17441
17442 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17443
17444 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17445
17446 ;;;***
17447 \f
17448 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
17449 ;;;;;; (15505 59092))
17450 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
17451
17452 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
17453 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
17454 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17455 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17456 parameters.
17457 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17458
17459 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
17460 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
17461 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17462 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17463 parameters.
17464 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17465
17466 ;;;***
17467 \f
17468 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
17469 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15450 56540))
17470 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
17471
17472 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
17473 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
17474
17475 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
17476 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17477 This display updates automatically every minute.
17478 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17479 are displayed as well.
17480 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17481
17482 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
17483 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
17484 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17485 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17486 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
17487
17488 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17489
17490 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
17491
17492 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
17493 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17494 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
17495
17496 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
17497 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17498 are displayed as well.
17499 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17500
17501 ;;;***
17502 \f
17503 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
17504 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
17505 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
17506 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
17507 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
17508
17509 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17510 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value." nil nil)
17511
17512 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
17513 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value." nil nil)
17514
17515 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
17516 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2." nil nil)
17517
17518 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
17519 Convert DAYS into a time value." nil nil)
17520
17521 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
17522 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
17523 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string." nil nil)
17524
17525 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
17526
17527 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
17528 Subtract two time values.
17529 Return the difference in the format of a time value." nil nil)
17530
17531 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
17532 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference." nil nil)
17533
17534 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
17535 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
17536 DATE should be a date-time string." nil nil)
17537
17538 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
17539 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
17540 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings." nil nil)
17541
17542 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
17543 Return t if YEAR is a leap year." nil nil)
17544
17545 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
17546 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year." nil nil)
17547
17548 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
17549 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
17550 TIME should be a time value.
17551 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary." nil nil)
17552
17553 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17554 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
17555 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros." nil nil)
17556
17557 ;;;***
17558 \f
17559 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
17560 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15371 46418))
17561 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
17562
17563 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
17564 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
17565 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
17566 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
17567 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
17568 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
17569 look like one of the following:
17570 Time-stamp: <>
17571 Time-stamp: \" \"
17572 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
17573 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
17574 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
17575 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
17576 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
17577 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
17578 template." t nil)
17579
17580 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
17581 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
17582 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17583
17584 ;;;***
17585 \f
17586 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
17587 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
17588 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
17589 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
17590 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
17591 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
17592
17593 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
17594 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
17595 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
17596 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
17597 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
17598 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
17599 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
17600 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
17601
17602 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
17603 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17604 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
17605 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
17606 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
17607 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
17608 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
17609 this function is called within a day.
17610
17611 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
17612 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
17613 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
17614 discover the name of the project." t nil)
17615
17616 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
17617 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17618 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
17619 begun during the last time segment.
17620
17621 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
17622 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
17623 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
17624 discover the reason." t nil)
17625
17626 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
17627 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
17628
17629 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
17630 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
17631 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
17632 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
17633 project you were working on." t nil)
17634
17635 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
17636 Ask the user before clocking out.
17637 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
17638
17639 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
17640 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
17641 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
17642
17643 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
17644 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
17645 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
17646 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
17647 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
17648 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
17649
17650 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
17651 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
17652 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
17653 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
17654
17655 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
17656 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
17657 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
17658 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
17659 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
17660 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
17661 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
17662 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
17663 non-nil." t nil)
17664
17665 ;;;***
17666 \f
17667 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
17668 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
17669 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15371 46418))
17670 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
17671
17672 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
17673
17674 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
17675 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
17676
17677 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
17678 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
17679
17680 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
17681 Perform an action at time TIME.
17682 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17683 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
17684 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
17685 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
17686 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
17687 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17688
17689 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17690
17691 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
17692 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
17693 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17694 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
17695 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17696
17697 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17698
17699 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
17700 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
17701 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
17702 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
17703
17704 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
17705 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
17706 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17707 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
17708
17709 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
17710 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
17711
17712 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17713 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17714
17715 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
17716 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
17717 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
17718 The call should look like:
17719 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
17720 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
17721 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
17722 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
17723 be detected." nil (quote macro))
17724
17725 ;;;***
17726 \f
17727 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
17728 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15542 65297))
17729 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
17730
17731 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17732 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
17733 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
17734 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
17735
17736 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17737 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
17738 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
17739 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
17740 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
17741 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
17742 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
17743
17744 ;;;***
17745 \f
17746 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
17747 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15557 64393))
17748 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
17749 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
17750 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
17751 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
17752
17753 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
17754 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17755 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
17756 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
17757 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
17758
17759 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
17760 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17761 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
17762 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
17763 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
17764
17765 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
17766 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
17767 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
17768 in the menu in two ways:
17769 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
17770 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
17771 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
17772
17773 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
17774 keymap or an alist of alists.
17775 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
17776 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
17777
17778 ;;;***
17779 \f
17780 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
17781 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
17782 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15391 60522))
17783 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
17784
17785 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
17786 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
17787
17788 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
17789 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
17790
17791 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
17792 Insert new TODO list entry.
17793 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
17794 category." t nil)
17795
17796 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
17797 List top priorities for each category.
17798
17799 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
17800 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
17801
17802 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
17803 between each category." t nil)
17804
17805 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
17806 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
17807 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
17808 between each category.
17809
17810 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
17811
17812 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
17813 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
17814
17815 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
17816
17817 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
17818 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
17819
17820 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
17821 Show TODO list." t nil)
17822
17823 ;;;***
17824 \f
17825 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
17826 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
17827 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15557 64408))
17828 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
17829
17830 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
17831 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
17832 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17834 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
17835
17836 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17837
17838 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
17839
17840 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
17841 Toggle use of the tool bar.
17842 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
17843
17844 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
17845 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
17846
17847 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17848
17849 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
17850 Add an item to the tool bar.
17851 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17852 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17853 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17854 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17855
17856 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17857 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17858 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
17859
17860 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
17861 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
17862
17863 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
17864 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
17865 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17866 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17867 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17868 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17869
17870 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17871 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17872 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'." nil nil)
17873
17874 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17875 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17876 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
17877 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
17878 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
17879 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
17880 properties to add to the binding.
17881
17882 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
17883
17884 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
17885 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
17886
17887 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17888 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17889 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
17890 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
17891 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
17892 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
17893 properties to add to the binding.
17894
17895 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap." nil nil)
17896
17897 ;;;***
17898 \f
17899 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
17900 ;;;;;; (15427 61506))
17901 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
17902
17903 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
17904 Mode for tooltip display.
17905 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
17906
17907 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
17908 Toggle tooltip-mode.
17909 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17910 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
17911
17912 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17913
17914 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
17915
17916 ;;;***
17917 \f
17918 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15417
17919 ;;;;;; 7421))
17920 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
17921
17922 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17923
17924 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17925
17926 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
17927 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
17928
17929 ;;;***
17930 \f
17931 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
17932 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15371 46419))
17933 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
17934
17935 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
17936 Set scroll margins." t nil)
17937
17938 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
17939 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
17940
17941 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
17942 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
17943
17944 ;;;***
17945 \f
17946 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15371 46419))
17947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
17948
17949 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
17950 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
17951 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
17952 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
17953 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
17954
17955 ;;;***
17956 \f
17957 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
17958 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15371 46419))
17959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
17960
17961 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
17962 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
17963
17964 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
17965 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
17966 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17967 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17968 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17969 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
17970 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
17971 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
17972
17973 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
17974 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
17975 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17976 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17977 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17978 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
17979 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
17980
17981 ;;;***
17982 \f
17983 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
17984 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15371 46417))
17985 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
17986 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
17987 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
17988 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
17989
17990 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
17991 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
17992 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
17993 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
17994 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
17995 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
17996 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
17997
17998 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
17999 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
18000 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
18001 accepting the proposed default buffer.
18002
18003 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
18004
18005 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
18006 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
18007 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
18008 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
18009 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
18010 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
18011 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
18012
18013 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
18014 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
18015
18016 First column's text sSs Second column's text
18017 \\___/\\
18018 / \\
18019 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
18020
18021 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
18022
18023 ;;;***
18024 \f
18025 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
18026 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
18027 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
18028 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (15371 46418))
18029 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
18030
18031 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
18032 Toggle typing break mode.
18033 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
18034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18035 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
18036
18037 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18038
18039 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
18040
18041 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
18042 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
18043
18044 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
18045 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
18046
18047 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
18048 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
18049 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
18050
18051 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
18052 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
18053
18054 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
18055 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
18056 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
18057
18058 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
18059 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
18060 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
18061 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
18062 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
18063 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
18064
18065 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
18066 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
18067 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
18068 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
18069
18070 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
18071 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
18072
18073 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
18074 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
18075
18076 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
18077 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
18078 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
18079
18080 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
18081 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
18082 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
18083 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
18084 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
18085 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
18086 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
18087
18088 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
18089 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
18090
18091 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
18092 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
18093 reset the keystroke counter.
18094
18095 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
18096 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
18097 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
18098 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
18099
18100 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
18101 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
18102 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
18103 `type-break-schedule' command.
18104
18105 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
18106 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
18107 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
18108 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
18109 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
18110 or not to continue.
18111
18112 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
18113 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
18114 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
18115 approximate good values for this.
18116
18117 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
18118 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
18119
18120 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
18121 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
18122 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
18123 `type-break-warning-repeat'
18124 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
18125 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
18126
18127 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
18128 a typing break occur. They include:
18129
18130 `type-break-query-mode'
18131 `type-break-query-function'
18132 `type-break-query-interval'
18133
18134 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
18135
18136 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
18137 Take a typing break.
18138
18139 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
18140 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
18141
18142 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
18143 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
18144
18145 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
18146 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
18147 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
18148 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
18149
18150 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
18151 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
18152
18153 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
18154 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
18155 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
18156 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
18157 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
18158 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
18159 average typing speed.)
18160
18161 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
18162 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
18163 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
18164 the computed maximum threshold.
18165
18166 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
18167 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
18168 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
18169 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
18170 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
18171
18172 ;;;***
18173 \f
18174 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
18175 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15371 46417))
18176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
18177
18178 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
18179 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
18180 Works by overstriking underscores.
18181 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18182 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18183
18184 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
18185 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
18186 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18187 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18188
18189 ;;;***
18190 \f
18191 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
18192 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15371 46424))
18193 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
18194
18195 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18196 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
18197 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
18198
18199 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18200 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
18201 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
18202 following the containing message." t nil)
18203
18204 ;;;***
18205 \f
18206 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
18207 ;;;;;; (15371 46424))
18208 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
18209
18210 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18211 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
18212 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
18213 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
18214 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
18215 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
18216
18217 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18218 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
18219
18220 ;;;***
18221 \f
18222 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
18223 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15371 46418))
18224 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
18225
18226 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
18227 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
18228 This function has a choice of three things to do:
18229 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
18230 to refrain from editing the file
18231 return t (grab the lock on the file)
18232 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
18233 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
18234 in any way you like." nil nil)
18235
18236 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
18237 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
18238 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
18239 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
18240 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
18241
18242 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
18243 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
18244
18245 ;;;***
18246 \f
18247 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
18248 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15371 46421))
18249 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
18250
18251 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
18252 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
18253 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
18254 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
18255
18256 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
18257 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
18258 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
18259
18260 ;;;***
18261 \f
18262 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
18263 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
18264 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
18265 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers
18266 ;;;;;; vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action
18267 ;;;;;; vc-do-command edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook
18268 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15515 47301))
18269 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
18270
18271 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
18272 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
18273 See `run-hooks'.")
18274
18275 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
18276 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
18277 See `run-hooks'.")
18278
18279 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
18280 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
18281 See `run-hooks'.")
18282
18283 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
18284 Return the branch part of a revision number REV." nil nil)
18285
18286 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
18287 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
18288 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
18289 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
18290 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
18291 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
18292
18293 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
18294 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
18295 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
18296 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
18297 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
18298
18299 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
18300 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
18301 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
18302 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
18303 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
18304 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
18305 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
18306 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
18307 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
18308 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
18309 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
18310
18311 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
18312 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
18313
18314 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
18315 it will operate on the file in the current line.
18316
18317 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
18318 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
18319 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
18320 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
18321 lock steals will raise an error.
18322
18323 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
18324
18325 For RCS and SCCS files:
18326 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18327 control.
18328 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
18329 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
18330 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
18331 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
18332 it performs a revert.
18333 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
18334 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
18335 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
18336 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
18337 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
18338 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
18339 the option to steal the lock.
18340
18341 For CVS files:
18342 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18343 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
18344 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
18345 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
18346 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
18347 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
18348 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
18349 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
18350 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
18351
18352 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
18353 Register the current file into a version control system.
18354 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
18355 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
18356
18357 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
18358 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
18359 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
18360 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
18361 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
18362 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
18363
18364 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
18365 Display diffs between file versions.
18366 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
18367 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
18368 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
18369 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
18370 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
18371 saving the buffer." t nil)
18372
18373 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
18374 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
18375 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
18376 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
18377
18378 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
18379 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
18380 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
18381 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
18382
18383 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
18384 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
18385 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
18386 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
18387 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
18388 from the current branch.
18389
18390 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
18391
18392 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
18393 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
18394 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
18395
18396 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
18397 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
18398
18399 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
18400
18401 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
18402 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
18403
18404 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
18405 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
18406 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
18407 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
18408 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
18409 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
18410
18411 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
18412 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
18413 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
18414 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
18415 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
18416 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
18417
18418 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
18419 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
18420
18421 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
18422 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
18423 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
18424 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
18425 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
18426
18427 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
18428 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
18429 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
18430 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
18431 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
18432 the current branch are merged into the working file." t nil)
18433
18434 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
18435 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
18436 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
18437
18438 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
18439 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
18440 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
18441 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
18442 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
18443 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
18444 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
18445
18446 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
18447 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
18448 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
18449 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
18450 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
18451 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
18452 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
18453 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
18454 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
18455
18456 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
18457 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
18458
18459 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
18460 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
18461 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
18462 directory.
18463
18464 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
18465
18466 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
18467 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
18468 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
18469
18470 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
18471 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
18472
18473 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
18474 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
18475
18476 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
18477 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
18478 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
18479 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
18480 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
18481 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18482
18483 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
18484 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
18485 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
18486 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
18487 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
18488 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
18489 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
18490 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18491
18492 Customization variables:
18493
18494 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
18495 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
18496 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
18497 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
18498
18499 ;;;***
18500 \f
18501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15542 65292))
18502 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
18503 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
18504 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
18505 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
18506 (require 'vc-cvs)
18507 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
18508
18509 ;;;***
18510 \f
18511 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
18512 ;;;;;; (15517 64422))
18513 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
18514
18515 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
18516 *Where to look for RCS master files.
18517 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18518
18519 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
18520
18521 ;;;***
18522 \f
18523 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
18524 ;;;;;; (15517 64422))
18525 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
18526
18527 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
18528 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
18529 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18530
18531 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
18532
18533 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
18534 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
18535 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
18536 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
18537
18538 ;;;***
18539 \f
18540 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
18541 ;;;;;; (15444 42464))
18542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
18543
18544 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
18545 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
18546
18547 Usage:
18548 ------
18549
18550 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
18551 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
18552 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
18553 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
18554 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
18555 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
18556 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
18557 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
18558 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
18559 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
18560 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18561 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
18562 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
18563 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
18564 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
18565 The following abbreviations can also be used:
18566 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
18567 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
18568 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18569
18570 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
18571 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
18572 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
18573
18574 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
18575 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
18576 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
18577 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
18578 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
18579 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
18580 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
18581 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
18582 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
18583
18584 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
18585 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
18586 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
18587 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
18588 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
18589 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
18590 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
18591 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
18592
18593 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
18594 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
18595 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
18596
18597 - COMMENTS:
18598 `--' puts a single comment.
18599 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
18600 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
18601 comment in between.
18602 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
18603 following lines.
18604 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
18605 uncomments a region if already commented out.
18606
18607 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
18608 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
18609 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
18610 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
18611 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
18612 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
18613 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
18614 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
18615 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
18616 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
18617 multi-line comments.
18618
18619 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
18620 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
18621 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
18622 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
18623 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
18624 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
18625 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
18626 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
18627 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
18628
18629 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
18630 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
18631 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
18632 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
18633 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
18634 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
18635 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
18636 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
18637 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
18638 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
18639
18640 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
18641 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
18642 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
18643 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
18644 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
18645 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
18646 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
18647 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
18648 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
18649 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
18650 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
18651 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
18652 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
18653
18654 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
18655
18656 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
18657 menu).
18658
18659 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
18660
18661 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
18662 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
18663 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
18664 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
18665 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
18666
18667 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
18668 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
18669 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
18670 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
18671 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
18672 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
18673 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
18674 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
18675 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
18676
18677 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
18678 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
18679 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
18680 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
18681 specified.
18682
18683 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
18684 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
18685 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
18686 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
18687 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
18688 the current directory for VHDL source files.
18689
18690 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
18691 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
18692 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
18693 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
18694 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
18695 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
18696 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
18697 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
18698 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
18699 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
18700 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
18701
18702 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
18703 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
18704 Math Packages.
18705
18706 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
18707 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
18708 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
18709 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
18710 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
18711 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
18712 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
18713 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
18714
18715 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
18716 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
18717 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
18718 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
18719 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
18720 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
18721
18722 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
18723 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
18724 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
18725 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
18726 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
18727
18728 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
18729 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
18730 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
18731 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
18732 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
18733
18734 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
18735 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
18736 highlighted if written in lower case.
18737
18738 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
18739 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
18740 is non-nil.
18741
18742 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
18743 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
18744 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
18745
18746 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
18747 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
18748 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
18749
18750 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
18751 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
18752 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
18753
18754 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
18755 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
18756 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
18757 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
18758 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
18759 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
18760 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
18761
18762 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
18763 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
18764 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
18765 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
18766 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
18767
18768 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
18769 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
18770 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
18771 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18772
18773 - HINTS:
18774 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
18775
18776
18777 Maintenance:
18778 ------------
18779
18780 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
18781 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
18782
18783 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18784
18785 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
18786 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
18787 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
18788 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18789
18790 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
18791 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
18792 version and release notes can be found.
18793
18794
18795 Bugs and Limitations:
18796 ---------------------
18797
18798 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
18799 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
18800 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
18801 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
18802 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
18803 does not work under XEmacs.
18804
18805
18806 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
18807 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
18808
18809 Key bindings:
18810 -------------
18811
18812 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
18813
18814 ;;;***
18815 \f
18816 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15371 46419))
18817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
18818
18819 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
18820 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
18821 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
18822 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
18823
18824 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
18825 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
18826 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
18827 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
18828 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
18829
18830 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
18831 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
18832
18833 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
18834
18835 * Limitations and unsupported features
18836 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
18837 not supported.
18838 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
18839 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
18840
18841 * Modifications
18842 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
18843 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
18844 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
18845 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
18846 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
18847 for undoing a repeated change command.
18848 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
18849 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
18850 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
18851
18852 * Extensions
18853 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
18854 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
18855 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
18856 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
18857 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
18858 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
18859 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
18860 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
18861
18862 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
18863
18864 ;;;***
18865 \f
18866 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
18867 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
18868 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
18869 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15371 46423))
18870 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
18871
18872 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
18873 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
18874
18875 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18876 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
18877 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18878 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18879
18880 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18881 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
18882
18883 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18884 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
18885 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18886 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18887
18888 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18889 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
18890
18891 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18892
18893 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18894
18895 ;;;***
18896 \f
18897 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
18898 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
18899 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15371
18900 ;;;;;; 46418))
18901 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
18902
18903 (defvar view-mode nil "\
18904 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
18905 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
18906 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
18907
18908 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
18909
18910 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
18911 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18912 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18913 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18914 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18915 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18916 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18917
18918 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18919
18920 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
18921 View FILE in View mode in another window.
18922 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
18923 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18924 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18925 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18926 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18927 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18928
18929 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18930
18931 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
18932 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
18933 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
18934 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18935 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18936 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18937 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18938 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18939
18940 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18941
18942 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
18943 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18944 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18945 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18946 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18947 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18948 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18949
18950 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18951
18952 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18953 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18954 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18955
18956 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
18957 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
18958 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18959 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18960 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18961 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18962 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18963 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18964
18965 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18966
18967 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18968 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18969 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18970
18971 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
18972 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
18973 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18974 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18975 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18976 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18977 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18978 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18979
18980 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18981
18982 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18983 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18984 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18985
18986 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
18987 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
18988 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
18989
18990 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
18991 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
18992 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
18993 read-only.
18994 \\<view-mode-map>
18995 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
18996 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
18997 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
18998 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
18999 commands default to a repeat count of one.
19000
19001 H, h, ? This message.
19002 Digits provide prefix arguments.
19003 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
19004 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
19005 > move to the end of buffer.
19006 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
19007 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
19008 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
19009 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
19010 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
19011 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
19012 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
19013 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
19014 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
19015 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
19016 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
19017 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
19018 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
19019 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
19020 Use this to view a changing file.
19021 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
19022 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
19023 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
19024 . set the mark.
19025 x exchanges point and mark.
19026 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
19027 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
19028 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
19029 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
19030 ' go to position saved in character register.
19031 s do forward incremental search.
19032 r do reverse incremental search.
19033 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
19034 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
19035 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
19036 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
19037 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
19038 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
19039 p searches backward for last regular expression.
19040 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
19041 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
19042 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
19043 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
19044 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
19045 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
19046 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
19047 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
19048
19049 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
19050 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
19051 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
19052 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
19053 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
19054 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
19055 will return to that buffer.
19056
19057 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19058
19059 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
19060 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
19061 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
19062 `view-return-to-alist'.
19063 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
19064 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
19065 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
19066
19067 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
19068 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
19069 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
19070 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
19071 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
19072 1) nil Do nothing.
19073 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
19074 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
19075 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
19076 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
19077
19078 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19079
19080 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
19081
19082 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
19083 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
19084
19085 ;;;***
19086 \f
19087 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15371 46419))
19088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
19089
19090 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
19091 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
19092
19093 ;;;***
19094 \f
19095 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
19096 ;;;;;; (15549 60242))
19097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
19098
19099 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
19100 Toggle Viper on/off.
19101 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
19102
19103 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
19104 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
19105
19106 ;;;***
19107 \f
19108 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15391 60705))
19109 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
19110
19111 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
19112 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
19113
19114 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
19115 hotlist.
19116
19117 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
19118 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
19119
19120 ;;;***
19121 \f
19122 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
19123 ;;;;;; (15371 46418))
19124 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
19125
19126 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
19127
19128 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
19129 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
19130 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19131 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19132 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
19133
19134 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19135
19136 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
19137
19138 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
19139 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
19140 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
19141 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
19142
19143 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
19144 and off otherwise." t nil)
19145
19146 ;;;***
19147 \f
19148 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
19149 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
19150 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
19151 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
19152 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
19153 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15400 1474))
19154 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
19155
19156 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
19157 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
19158
19159 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
19160 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
19161
19162 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
19163 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
19164
19165 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
19166 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
19167
19168 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
19169 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
19170
19171 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
19172 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
19173 These are:
19174 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19175 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19176 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
19177 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19178 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19179
19180 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
19181 and:
19182 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
19183 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
19184
19185 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
19186 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
19187
19188 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
19189 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
19190
19191 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
19192 whitespace problems." t nil)
19193
19194 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
19195 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
19196
19197 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
19198 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
19199
19200 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19201 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
19202 \(which see).")
19203
19204 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19205
19206 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
19207
19208 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
19209 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
19210 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
19211
19212 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
19213 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
19214
19215 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
19216 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
19217 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
19218
19219 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
19220 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
19221
19222 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
19223 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
19224
19225 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19226 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19227 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
19228 replaced with TABS).
19229 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19230 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19231
19232 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
19233
19234 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
19235 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
19236
19237 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
19238 i - Indentation whitespace.
19239 l - Leading whitespace.
19240 s - Space followed by Tab.
19241 t - Trailing whitespace.
19242
19243 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
19244 !<y>.
19245
19246 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
19247 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
19248 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
19249 always they default to 8.)
19250
19251 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
19252 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
19253 even print it.
19254
19255 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
19256 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
19257 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
19258 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
19259 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
19260 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
19261 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
19262 to set smarttab.)
19263
19264 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
19265 merge problems.
19266
19267 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
19268 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
19269 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
19270
19271 ;;;***
19272 \f
19273 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
19274 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15468 23941))
19275 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
19276
19277 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
19278 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
19279
19280 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
19281 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
19282
19283 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
19284 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
19285
19286 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
19287 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
19288 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19289
19290 ;;;***
19291 \f
19292 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
19293 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15549
19294 ;;;;;; 60240))
19295 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
19296
19297 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
19298 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget." nil nil)
19299
19300 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
19301 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
19302 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
19303
19304 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
19305 Create widget of TYPE.
19306 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
19307
19308 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
19309 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
19310
19311 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
19312 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only." nil nil)
19313
19314 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
19315 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
19316 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
19317
19318 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
19319 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works." nil nil)
19320
19321 ;;;***
19322 \f
19323 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
19324 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15371
19325 ;;;;;; 46418))
19326 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
19327
19328 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
19329 Select the window to the left of the current one.
19330 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19331 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19332 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
19333 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19334 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19335
19336 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
19337 Select the window above the current one.
19338 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
19339 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
19340 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
19341 negative ARG) of the current window.
19342 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19343
19344 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
19345 Select the window to the right of the current one.
19346 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19347 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
19348 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
19349 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
19350 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19351
19352 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
19353 Select the window below the current one.
19354 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19355 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19356 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
19357 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19358 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19359
19360 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
19361 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
19362
19363 ;;;***
19364 \f
19365 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
19366 ;;;;;; (15484 11830))
19367 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
19368
19369 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
19370 Toggle winner-mode.
19371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19372 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
19373
19374 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19375
19376 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
19377
19378 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
19379 Toggle Winner mode.
19380 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19381
19382 ;;;***
19383 \f
19384 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
19385 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15417 7411))
19386 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
19387
19388 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
19389 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
19390 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
19391 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
19392 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
19393 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
19394 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
19395 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
19396
19397 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
19398 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
19399
19400 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
19401 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
19402
19403 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
19404 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
19405 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
19406 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
19407 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
19408 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
19409 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
19410 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
19411
19412 ;;;***
19413 \f
19414 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
19415 ;;;;;; (15400 1475))
19416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
19417
19418 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
19419 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
19420
19421 BUGS:
19422 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
19423 are not implemented
19424 - Options for search and replace
19425 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
19426 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
19427
19428 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
19429 Emacs-like.
19430
19431 The key bindings are:
19432
19433 C-a backward-word
19434 C-b fill-paragraph
19435 C-c scroll-up-line
19436 C-d forward-char
19437 C-e previous-line
19438 C-f forward-word
19439 C-g delete-char
19440 C-h backward-char
19441 C-i indent-for-tab-command
19442 C-j help-for-help
19443 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
19444 C-l ws-repeat-search
19445 C-n open-line
19446 C-p quoted-insert
19447 C-r scroll-down-line
19448 C-s backward-char
19449 C-t kill-word
19450 C-u keyboard-quit
19451 C-v overwrite-mode
19452 C-w scroll-down
19453 C-x next-line
19454 C-y kill-complete-line
19455 C-z scroll-up
19456
19457 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
19458 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
19459 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
19460 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
19461 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
19462 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
19463 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
19464 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
19465 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
19466 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
19467 C-k b ws-begin-block
19468 C-k c ws-copy-block
19469 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
19470 C-k f find-file
19471 C-k h ws-show-markers
19472 C-k i ws-indent-block
19473 C-k k ws-end-block
19474 C-k p ws-print-block
19475 C-k q kill-emacs
19476 C-k r insert-file
19477 C-k s save-some-buffers
19478 C-k t ws-mark-word
19479 C-k u ws-exdent-block
19480 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
19481 C-k v ws-move-block
19482 C-k w ws-write-block
19483 C-k x kill-emacs
19484 C-k y ws-delete-block
19485
19486 C-o c wordstar-center-line
19487 C-o b switch-to-buffer
19488 C-o j justify-current-line
19489 C-o k kill-buffer
19490 C-o l list-buffers
19491 C-o m auto-fill-mode
19492 C-o r set-fill-column
19493 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
19494 C-o wd delete-other-windows
19495 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
19496 C-o wo other-window
19497 C-o wv split-window-vertically
19498
19499 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
19500 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
19501 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
19502 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
19503 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
19504 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
19505 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
19506 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
19507 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
19508 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
19509 C-q a ws-query-replace
19510 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
19511 C-q c end-of-buffer
19512 C-q d end-of-line
19513 C-q f ws-search
19514 C-q k ws-to-block-end
19515 C-q l ws-undo
19516 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
19517 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
19518 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
19519 C-q w ws-last-error
19520 C-q y ws-kill-eol
19521 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
19522 " t nil)
19523
19524 ;;;***
19525 \f
19526 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15544
19527 ;;;;;; 37707))
19528 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
19529
19530 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
19531 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
19532 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
19533
19534 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
19535
19536 ;;;***
19537 \f
19538 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
19539 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15417 7434))
19540 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
19541
19542 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
19543 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
19544
19545 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
19546 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
19547
19548 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
19549 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
19550 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
19551
19552 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
19553 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
19554
19555 ;;;***
19556 \f
19557 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15425 28364))
19558 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
19559
19560 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
19561 Zone out, completely." t nil)
19562
19563 ;;;***
19564 \f
19565 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
19566 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15391 60705))
19567 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
19568
19569 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
19570 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified." t nil)
19571
19572 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
19573 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
19574
19575 Zone-mode does two things:
19576
19577 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
19578 when saving the file
19579
19580 - fontification" t nil)
19581
19582 ;;;***
19583 \f
19584 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("term/x-win.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
19585 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "menu-bar.el" "international/mule-cmds.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
19586 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "loadup.el" "frame.el"
19587 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "ediff-init.el" "bindings.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
19588 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "language/slovak.el"
19589 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/czech.el" "gnus/qp.el" "xml.el"
19590 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "dos-fns.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
19591 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
19592 ;;;;;; "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
19593 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
19594 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
19595 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
19596 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "mail/uce.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
19597 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/mm-view.el"
19598 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "indent.el" "ediff-wind.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
19599 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
19600 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
19601 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "play/meese.el" "play/gametree.el"
19602 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-menu.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
19603 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sc.el"
19604 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el"
19605 ;;;;;; "obsolete/c-mode.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
19606 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/mh-seq.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el"
19607 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
19608 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
19609 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/devanagari.el" "international/swedish.el"
19610 ;;;;;; "international/latin-9.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-5.el"
19611 ;;;;;; "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-2.el"
19612 ;;;;;; "international/latin-1.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
19613 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/iso-swed.el"
19614 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "calc/calcsel2.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
19615 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
19616 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
19617 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
19618 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
19619 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
19620 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
19621 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
19622 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
19623 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
19624 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
19625 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
19626 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
19627 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
19628 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
19629 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
19630 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
19631 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
19632 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
19633 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
19634 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
19635 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
19636 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
19637 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
19638 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
19639 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
19640 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
19641 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
19642 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
19643 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
19644 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
19645 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
19646 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
19647 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
19648 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
19649 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
19650 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-china.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
19651 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
19652 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
19653 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
19654 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt320.el"
19655 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt201.el"
19656 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt100.el"
19657 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/news.el"
19658 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/linux.el" "term/keyswap.el"
19659 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/apollo.el"
19660 ;;;;;; "term/AT386.el" "widget.el" "vt100-led.el" "vmsproc.el" "vms-patch.el"
19661 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "unused.el" "uniquify.el" "timezone.el" "tcp.el"
19662 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "saveplace.el" "s-region.el" "regi.el" "patcomp.el"
19663 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" "mouse-copy.el" "misc.el" "map-ynp.el" "kermit.el"
19664 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "forms-d2.el" "env.el" "emacs-lock.el" "electric.el"
19665 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dos-vars.el" "cus-dep.el" "cdl.el" "byte-run.el"
19666 ;;;;;; "abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "buff-menu.el" "case-table.el"
19667 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-vers.el" "float-sup.el" "foldout.el"
19668 ;;;;;; "pcvs-util.el" "select.el" "version.el" "vt-control.el" "xscheme.el"
19669 ;;;;;; "term/internal.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
19670 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
19671 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
19672 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
19673 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
19674 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
19675 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
19676 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "international/characters.el"
19677 ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/utf-8-subst.el"
19678 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/georgian.el"
19679 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
19680 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/thai.el"
19681 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
19682 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-pick.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
19683 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "generic-x.el" "scroll-bar.el" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19684 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
19685 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "term/pc-win.el"
19686 ;;;;;; "term/rxvt.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
19687 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "vc-hooks.el" "w32-vars.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
19688 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "language/japanese.el" "term/w32-win.el"
19689 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "pcvs-parse.el"
19690 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
19691 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "international/ucs-tables.el" "allout.el"
19692 ;;;;;; "cus-start.el" "format.el" "help.el" "isearch.el" "mouse.el"
19693 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "window.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
19694 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
19695 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
19696 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "international/utf-8.el"
19697 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
19698 ;;;;;; "custom.el" "files.el" "register.el" "simple.el" "startup.el"
19699 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "net/netrc.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
19700 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
19701 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "cus-load.el"
19702 ;;;;;; "finder-inf.el" "subdirs.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el") (15561
19703 ;;;;;; 41889 615042))
19704
19705 ;;;***
19706 \f
19707 ;; Local Variables:
19708 ;; version-control: never
19709 ;; no-byte-compile: t
19710 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
19711 ;; End:
19712 ;;; loaddefs.elends here